1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
68 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
70 #include "insn-config.h"
78 #include "dwarf2out.h"
79 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
84 #include "diagnostic.h"
85 #include "tree-pretty-print.h"
88 #include "langhooks.h"
93 #include "tree-pass.h"
94 #include "tree-flow.h"
96 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
97 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
99 static rtx last_var_location_insn;
102 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
103 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
105 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
106 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
107 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
108 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
109 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
110 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
111 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
112 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
114 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
115 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
118 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
119 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
120 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
121 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
123 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
127 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
128 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
129 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
130 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
131 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
134 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
135 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm = 0;
137 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
141 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
143 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
144 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
145 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
146 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
147 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
148 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO || saved_do_cfi_asm
149 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
150 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
151 && (flag_unwind_tables
152 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
157 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
160 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
164 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
167 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm || !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
169 if (saved_do_cfi_asm)
171 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE)
174 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
175 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
176 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
177 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
179 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
180 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
183 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE)
185 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
188 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
193 saved_do_cfi_asm = true;
197 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
199 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
202 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
203 must be kept around forever. */
204 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
206 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
207 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
208 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
210 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
212 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
213 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
214 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
215 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
216 define type declaration DIE's. */
217 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
219 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
220 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
221 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
222 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
223 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
224 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
225 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
226 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
227 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
228 static GTY(()) section *debug_dcall_section;
229 static GTY(()) section *debug_vcall_section;
230 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
231 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
232 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
234 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
236 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality;
238 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
239 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
240 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
243 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
244 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
245 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
247 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
248 Information instructions. The register number, offset
249 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
250 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
252 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
254 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
260 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct {
261 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
262 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
263 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
264 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
268 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct {
269 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
270 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
271 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
273 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
278 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
279 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
280 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
281 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
282 of this structure. */
283 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc {
284 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
285 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
287 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect : 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
288 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use : 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
291 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
292 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
293 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
294 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
295 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
297 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct {
299 const char *dw_fde_begin;
300 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
301 const char *dw_fde_end;
302 const char *dw_fde_vms_end_prologue;
303 const char *dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue;
304 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
305 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
306 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
307 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
308 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
309 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
310 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment;
311 unsigned funcdef_number;
312 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
313 unsigned int drap_reg;
314 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
315 unsigned int vdrap_reg;
316 /* These 3 flags are copied from rtl_data in function.h. */
317 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
318 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
319 unsigned nothrow : 1;
320 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
321 unsigned stack_realign : 1;
322 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
323 unsigned drap_reg_saved: 1;
324 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
325 unsigned in_std_section : 1;
326 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
327 cold_text_section. */
328 unsigned cold_in_std_section : 1;
329 /* True iff switched sections. */
330 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections : 1;
331 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
332 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot : 1;
336 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
337 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
339 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
340 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
341 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
342 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
344 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
345 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
348 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
349 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
350 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
353 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
354 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
357 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
359 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
360 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
363 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
364 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
365 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
368 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
369 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
371 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
372 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
375 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
376 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
377 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
379 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
380 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
381 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
382 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
384 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
388 /* CIE identifier. */
389 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
390 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
391 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
393 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
396 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
397 information for each routine. */
398 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
400 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
401 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
403 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
404 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
406 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
408 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
410 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
412 static inline dw_fde_ref
415 return fde_table_in_use ? &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1] : NULL;
418 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
419 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
421 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
422 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
423 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
424 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
425 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
426 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
429 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node {
431 unsigned int refcount;
432 enum dwarf_form form;
436 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
438 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
440 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced = false;
442 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
443 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
445 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
446 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
448 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
450 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false;
451 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false;
453 /* The default cold text section. */
454 static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section;
456 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
458 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
460 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
461 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
462 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
463 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
464 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
465 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *, dw_cfa_location *);
466 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
467 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
468 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
469 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
471 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
473 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
474 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref);
475 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
476 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
477 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
478 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx);
479 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
481 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
482 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
483 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref);
484 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
485 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
486 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
487 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
488 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_aligned_loc
489 (HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT);
490 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
492 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
493 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
494 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
497 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
498 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
499 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
501 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
502 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
505 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
506 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
509 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
510 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
513 #ifndef PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
514 #define PROLOGUE_END_LABEL "LPE"
517 #ifndef EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
518 #define EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL "LEB"
521 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
522 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
524 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
525 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
526 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
527 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
528 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
529 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
530 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
531 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
532 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
533 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
535 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
536 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
538 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
540 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
542 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
546 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
547 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
548 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
549 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
552 /* Hook used by __throw. */
555 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
557 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
558 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
561 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
562 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
565 stripattributes (const char *s)
567 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
572 while (*s && *s != ',')
579 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
580 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
583 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c)
585 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
586 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
587 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
590 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
592 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
593 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
595 HOST_WIDE_INT r = off / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
596 gcc_assert (r * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == off);
600 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
601 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
604 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
606 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT < 0 ? off > 0 : off < 0;
609 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
612 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
615 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
616 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
617 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
618 bool wrote_return_column = false;
620 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
622 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
624 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
626 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
627 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
630 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
631 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
632 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
634 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
636 wrote_return_column = true;
638 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
642 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
643 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
647 if (!wrote_return_column)
648 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
650 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
651 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
654 targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address);
657 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
660 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
664 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
665 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
667 return "DW_CFA_offset";
669 return "DW_CFA_restore";
673 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
674 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
675 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
676 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
677 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
678 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
679 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
680 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
681 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
682 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
683 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
684 case DW_CFA_undefined:
685 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
686 case DW_CFA_same_value:
687 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
688 case DW_CFA_register:
689 return "DW_CFA_register";
690 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
691 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
692 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
693 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
695 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
696 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
697 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
698 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
699 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
702 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
703 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
704 case DW_CFA_expression:
705 return "DW_CFA_expression";
706 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
707 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
708 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
709 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
710 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
711 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
713 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
714 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
715 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
718 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
719 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
720 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
721 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
722 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
723 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
726 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
730 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
732 static inline dw_cfi_ref
735 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc_dw_cfi_node ();
737 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
738 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
739 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
744 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
747 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
750 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
752 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
753 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
754 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
755 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
756 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
757 if (0 && fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
758 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
760 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
761 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
762 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
764 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
771 /* Find the end of the chain. */
772 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
778 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
779 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
782 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force)
784 static char label[20];
786 if (!force && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
788 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
789 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
791 strcpy (label, "<do not output>");
795 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
796 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
802 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
803 static bool emit_cfa_remember;
805 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
806 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
809 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
811 dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
813 if (emit_cfa_remember)
815 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember;
817 /* Emit the state save. */
818 emit_cfa_remember = false;
819 cfi_remember = new_cfi ();
820 cfi_remember->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_remember_state;
821 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi_remember);
824 list_head = &cie_cfi_head;
826 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
830 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
832 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
834 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
835 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
836 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
837 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
838 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
839 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
840 if (dwarf_version == 2
841 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
842 && (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
843 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG))
845 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
847 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
848 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
849 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
851 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
852 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
853 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
854 if (*label == 0 || strcmp (label, "<do not output>") == 0)
855 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
857 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
858 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
862 label = xstrdup (label);
864 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
866 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
867 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
868 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
869 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
870 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_set_loc;
871 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
872 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
873 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
881 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
883 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
885 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
886 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
887 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
888 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
889 sure how to address this for now. */
893 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
895 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
898 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
900 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
901 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
905 label = xstrdup (label);
907 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
909 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
910 set the location directly using set_loc. */
911 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
912 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
914 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
915 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
917 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
920 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
923 add_cfi (list_head, cfi);
926 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
929 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc, dw_cfa_location *remember)
931 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
933 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
934 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
935 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
937 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
938 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
941 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
942 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
943 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
945 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
946 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
949 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
950 gcc_assert (!remember->in_use);
952 remember->in_use = 1;
954 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
955 gcc_assert (remember->in_use);
957 remember->in_use = 0;
965 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
968 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
972 dw_cfa_location remember;
974 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
975 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
978 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
979 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
981 fde = current_fde ();
983 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
984 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
987 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
988 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
990 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
992 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
994 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
995 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember;
997 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
998 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
1000 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
1001 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
1003 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
1004 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
1005 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
1008 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1010 dw_cfa_location loc;
1012 loc.base_offset = 0;
1014 loc.offset = offset;
1015 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
1018 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1021 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
1023 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
1024 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
1025 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
1026 && (loc1->indirect == 0
1027 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
1030 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1031 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1034 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
1037 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
1042 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
1043 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
1045 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
1046 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
1048 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1049 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
1054 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect && !old_cfa.indirect)
1056 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1057 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1058 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1059 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1061 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
1063 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
1064 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1067 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1068 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
1069 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
1071 && !old_cfa.indirect)
1073 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1074 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1075 offset has not changed. */
1076 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
1077 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1081 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
1083 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1084 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1085 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1086 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1089 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
1091 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
1092 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1093 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1097 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1098 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1099 register-offset pair is available. */
1100 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
1102 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
1103 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
1104 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
1107 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1110 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1111 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1112 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1113 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1116 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1118 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1119 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
1121 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1123 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1126 && fde->stack_realign
1127 && sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1129 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression;
1130 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1131 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc
1132 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset, fde->stack_realignment);
1134 else if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1136 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset))
1137 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
1138 else if (reg & ~0x3f)
1139 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
1141 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
1142 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
1144 else if (sreg == reg)
1145 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
1148 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
1149 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
1152 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1155 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1156 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1157 from the previous frame's window save area.
1159 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1160 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1163 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
1165 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1167 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
1168 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1171 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1172 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1175 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1177 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1180 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1181 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1184 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1186 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1189 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1190 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1193 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
1195 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
1198 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1199 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1200 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1203 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
1205 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1206 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1208 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1211 /* RA is in a register. */
1212 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
1216 /* RA is on the stack. */
1217 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
1218 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1221 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1226 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1227 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1231 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1232 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1242 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1243 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1244 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1245 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
1246 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1253 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1254 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1258 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1261 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1262 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1263 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset)
1265 const_rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1266 const_rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1267 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1270 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1272 code = GET_CODE (src);
1274 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1276 if (code == REG && src != stack_pointer_rtx)
1278 offset = -cur_args_size;
1279 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1282 return offset - cur_offset;
1285 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1286 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1287 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
1290 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1291 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1297 if (MEM_P (src) && !MEM_P (dest))
1301 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1302 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1303 code = GET_CODE (src);
1309 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1311 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1312 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1313 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1314 && CONST_INT_P (val));
1315 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1322 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1324 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1331 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1333 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1348 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1349 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1351 static HOST_WIDE_INT *barrier_args_size;
1353 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1355 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1356 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1357 VEC (rtx, heap) **next)
1359 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1362 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1364 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1366 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1367 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), cur_args_size, 0);
1368 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1369 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1371 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1373 for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1374 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1375 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1376 cur_args_size, offset);
1381 rtx expr = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1385 expr = XEXP (expr, 0);
1386 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
1387 || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1388 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (expr, 0); i++)
1390 rtx elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, i);
1392 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
1393 offset += stack_adjust_offset (elem, cur_args_size, offset);
1398 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1402 cur_args_size += offset;
1403 if (cur_args_size < 0)
1408 rtx dest = JUMP_LABEL (insn);
1412 if (barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] < 0)
1414 barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] = cur_args_size;
1415 VEC_safe_push (rtx, heap, *next, dest);
1420 return cur_args_size;
1423 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1426 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1428 int max_uid = get_max_uid (), i;
1430 VEC (rtx, heap) *worklist, *next, *tmp;
1432 barrier_args_size = XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT, max_uid);
1433 for (i = 0; i < max_uid; i++)
1434 barrier_args_size[i] = -1;
1436 worklist = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1437 next = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1438 insn = get_insns ();
1439 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = 0;
1440 VEC_quick_push (rtx, worklist, insn);
1443 while (!VEC_empty (rtx, worklist))
1445 rtx prev, body, first_insn;
1446 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size;
1448 first_insn = insn = VEC_pop (rtx, worklist);
1449 cur_args_size = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1450 prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
1451 if (prev && BARRIER_P (prev))
1452 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (prev)] = cur_args_size;
1454 for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1456 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn) || NOTE_P (insn))
1458 if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1463 if (insn == first_insn)
1465 else if (barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] < 0)
1467 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = cur_args_size;
1472 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1473 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1478 body = PATTERN (insn);
1479 if (GET_CODE (body) == SEQUENCE)
1481 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size = cur_args_size;
1482 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (body, 0); i++)
1483 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0))
1484 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, i)))
1486 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1487 dest_args_size, &next);
1490 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1491 cur_args_size, &next);
1493 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0)))
1494 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1495 dest_args_size, &next);
1498 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1499 cur_args_size, &next);
1503 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn, cur_args_size, &next);
1507 if (VEC_empty (rtx, next))
1510 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1514 VEC_truncate (rtx, next, 0);
1517 VEC_free (rtx, heap, worklist);
1518 VEC_free (rtx, heap, next);
1521 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1522 pushed onto the stack. */
1525 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1529 if (size == old_args_size)
1532 old_args_size = size;
1535 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
1536 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
1537 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1540 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1543 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, const char *label)
1545 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1546 cfa.offset += offset;
1548 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1549 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1551 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1554 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1558 args_size += offset;
1562 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1563 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1564 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1567 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1568 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1569 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1572 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1574 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1578 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1579 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1580 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1581 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1582 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1585 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1586 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1587 shouldn't change at all. */
1589 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence, 0, 0))
1590 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn))
1593 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1594 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1595 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1597 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1599 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1600 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1601 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1602 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1603 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1604 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1605 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1606 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1611 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1613 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1614 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1617 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1619 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1620 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1621 if (barrier_args_size == NULL && next_nonnote_insn (insn))
1622 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1623 if (barrier_args_size == NULL)
1627 offset = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1632 offset -= args_size;
1633 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1637 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1638 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), args_size, 0);
1639 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1640 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1642 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1644 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1645 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1646 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1655 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1656 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
1661 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1662 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1663 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1665 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save {
1666 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1668 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1672 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1674 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1675 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data {
1680 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1681 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1682 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1683 more efficient data structure. */
1684 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1685 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1687 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1688 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1690 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1691 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1694 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1696 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1698 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1699 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1701 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1702 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1707 q = ggc_alloc_queued_reg_save ();
1708 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1709 queued_reg_saves = q;
1713 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1714 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1716 last_reg_save_label = label;
1719 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1722 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1724 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1726 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1729 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1731 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1732 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1734 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1736 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1737 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1739 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1741 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1742 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1745 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1747 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1749 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1750 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1753 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1754 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1757 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1758 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1759 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1760 have a new location for? */
1763 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn)
1765 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1767 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1770 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1772 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1773 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1774 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1781 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1784 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1787 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1789 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1790 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1792 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1794 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1795 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1797 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1798 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1800 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1801 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1802 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1805 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1808 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1810 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1812 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1814 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1815 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1818 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1819 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1820 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1821 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1827 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1828 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1829 value, not an offset. */
1830 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1832 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1835 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1837 memset (&cfa, 0, sizeof (cfa));
1839 switch (GET_CODE (pat))
1842 cfa.reg = REGNO (XEXP (pat, 0));
1843 cfa.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1));
1847 cfa.reg = REGNO (pat);
1851 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1855 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1858 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1861 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1865 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat) == SET);
1866 dest = XEXP (pat, 0);
1867 src = XEXP (pat, 1);
1869 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1872 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1873 cfa.offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1883 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1884 gcc_assert (cfa.indirect == 0);
1886 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1889 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1892 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set, const char *label)
1894 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1895 rtx src, addr, span;
1897 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1898 addr = XEXP (set, 0);
1899 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr));
1900 addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
1902 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1903 switch (GET_CODE (addr))
1906 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr) == cfa.reg);
1907 offset = -cfa.offset;
1910 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1911 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)) - cfa.offset;
1917 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
1919 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1920 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1922 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1925 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1926 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1929 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
1931 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
1933 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
1934 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1936 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
1938 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem)),
1939 INVALID_REGNUM, span_offset);
1940 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
1945 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1948 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set, const char *label)
1951 unsigned sregno, dregno;
1953 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1954 dest = XEXP (set, 0);
1957 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
1959 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
1961 dregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest));
1963 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1964 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1965 reg_save (label, sregno, dregno, 0);
1968 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
1971 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg, const char *label)
1973 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1974 unsigned int regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1976 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = (regno & ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended : DW_CFA_restore);
1977 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = regno;
1979 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1982 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1983 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1984 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1985 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1987 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1988 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1989 users need not read the source code.
1991 The High-Level Picture
1993 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1994 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1995 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1996 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1997 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1999 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
2000 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
2001 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
2002 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
2003 saves. This also seems to work.
2005 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
2006 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
2007 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
2008 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
2009 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
2010 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
2011 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2012 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2013 value as in the caller.
2015 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2016 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2017 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2018 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2020 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2023 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2025 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2026 consists of a register and an offset.
2027 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2028 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2029 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2030 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2031 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2032 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2033 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2035 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2036 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2037 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2040 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2041 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2042 and cfa_temp.offset.
2044 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2047 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2048 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2049 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2051 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2052 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2053 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2054 register instead of CFA+offset.
2058 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2059 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2062 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2063 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2064 cfa.offset unchanged
2065 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2066 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2069 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2070 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2071 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2072 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2073 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2074 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2077 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2078 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2079 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2082 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2083 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2085 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2086 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2087 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2090 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2091 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2093 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2094 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2097 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2098 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2099 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2102 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2103 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2104 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2107 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2111 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2112 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2113 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2116 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2117 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2118 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2120 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2123 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2124 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2125 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2127 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2130 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2133 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2134 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2137 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2138 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2139 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2142 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2143 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2144 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2145 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2148 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2149 effects: target-dependent
2152 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2153 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2154 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2155 cfa_store.offset = 0
2156 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2159 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2160 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2163 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2164 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2165 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2166 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2169 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2170 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2172 && cfa.indirect == 0
2173 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2174 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2175 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
2178 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
2180 rtx src, dest, span;
2181 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
2184 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2185 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2186 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2187 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2188 flag is set in them. */
2189 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2192 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
2195 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2196 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2197 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2198 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2199 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2200 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
2201 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2203 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2204 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2205 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem))
2206 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2207 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2210 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2212 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2213 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2214 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2215 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2216 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2217 else if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2219 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
2221 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2222 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2223 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = stack_adjust_offset (elem, args_size, 0);
2226 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
2232 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
2234 src = SET_SRC (expr);
2235 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
2239 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
2244 fde = current_fde ();
2246 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
2249 switch (GET_CODE (src))
2251 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2253 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
2256 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2257 relative to the current CFA register.
2259 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2260 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2261 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2262 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2263 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2264 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2265 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2269 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2270 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
2271 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2272 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
2273 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
2275 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2276 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2277 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2278 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2280 && fde->stack_realign
2281 && REGNO (src) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2282 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2283 && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM
2284 && cfa.reg != REGNO (src));
2286 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
2293 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
2297 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
2300 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2303 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
2305 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
2311 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2313 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2314 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2315 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2317 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
2318 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2321 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
2323 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2325 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2326 cfa.offset += offset;
2327 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2328 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2330 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2333 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2334 or adjusting the FP */
2335 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
2337 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2338 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2339 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2340 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2341 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2343 cfa.offset += offset;
2344 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2348 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
2351 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2352 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2353 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2355 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2356 into the FP later on. */
2357 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2358 cfa.offset += offset;
2359 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2360 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2361 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2362 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2366 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2367 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2368 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2370 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2371 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2372 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2373 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
2374 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
2378 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
2379 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2381 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2382 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2391 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2392 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
2397 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2398 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2399 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2401 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
2402 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2403 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2406 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2407 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2414 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
2415 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
2416 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
2421 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2422 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2424 if (fde && XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2426 gcc_assert (cfa_store.reg == REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)));
2427 fde->stack_realign = 1;
2428 fde->stack_realignment = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2429 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2431 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2432 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2433 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg;
2441 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2446 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2448 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
2453 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2454 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
2456 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
2458 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2459 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2461 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2462 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2463 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2465 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2471 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2472 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
2475 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))
2476 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2477 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2479 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2481 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2482 reference to represent the address of the stored
2485 && fde->stack_realign
2486 && src == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2488 gcc_assert (cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2489 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2492 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2493 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2495 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2499 /* With an offset. */
2506 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1))
2507 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2508 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
2509 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
2512 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
2514 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2515 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
2518 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2519 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
2525 /* Without an offset. */
2528 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
2530 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2531 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2534 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2535 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2542 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
2543 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2544 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2545 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2553 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2554 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2555 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2559 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2560 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2561 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
2563 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2565 if (cfa.offset == 0)
2568 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2569 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2570 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2571 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2574 && fde->stack_realign
2575 && cfa.indirect == 0
2576 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2578 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp;
2580 gcc_assert (fde->drap_reg == cfa.reg);
2582 cfa_exp.indirect = 1;
2583 cfa_exp.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2584 cfa_exp.base_offset = offset;
2587 fde->drap_reg_saved = 1;
2589 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa_exp);
2593 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2594 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2596 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2597 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
2602 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2603 calculate the CFA. */
2604 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
2608 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
2610 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
2611 cfa.base_offset = offset;
2613 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2618 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2620 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
2623 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
2626 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2627 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2631 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
2633 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
2635 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
2636 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2638 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
2640 queue_reg_save (label, elem, NULL_RTX, span_offset);
2641 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
2652 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2653 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2654 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2656 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2657 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2660 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
2664 bool handled_one = false;
2666 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
2670 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2671 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2673 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2676 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
2678 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2681 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
2683 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
2685 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
2686 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
2688 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
2690 if (barrier_args_size)
2692 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size);
2693 barrier_args_size = NULL;
2698 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
2699 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2701 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
2703 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2704 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2705 is still used to save registers. */
2706 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
2707 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
2711 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2713 for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
2714 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note))
2716 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR:
2717 insn = XEXP (note, 0);
2720 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA:
2721 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note, 0), label);
2725 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA:
2730 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2731 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2733 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n, label);
2737 case REG_CFA_OFFSET:
2740 n = single_set (insn);
2741 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n, label);
2745 case REG_CFA_REGISTER:
2750 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2751 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2753 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n, label);
2757 case REG_CFA_RESTORE:
2762 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2763 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2766 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n, label);
2770 case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP:
2774 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
2777 gcc_assert (fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM);
2779 fde->vdrap_reg = REGNO (n);
2791 insn = PATTERN (insn);
2793 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
2796 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2797 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2798 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2799 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2802 dwarf2out_cfi_begin_epilogue (rtx insn)
2804 bool saw_frp = false;
2807 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2808 frame related insns. */
2809 for (i = NEXT_INSN (insn); i ; i = NEXT_INSN (i))
2814 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2815 if (returnjump_p (i))
2817 if (CALL_P (i) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i))
2820 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == SEQUENCE)
2823 rtx seq = PATTERN (i);
2825 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2827 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0))
2828 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2831 for (idx = 0; idx < XVECLEN (seq, 0); idx++)
2832 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, idx)))
2836 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i))
2840 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2841 save/restore pair. */
2845 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2846 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2847 gcc_assert (i != NULL);
2848 i = next_real_insn (i);
2852 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2853 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2854 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2855 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2858 rtx p = PREV_INSN (i);
2861 if (NOTE_KIND (p) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK)
2865 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE, i);
2867 emit_cfa_remember = true;
2869 /* And emulate the state save. */
2870 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember.in_use);
2872 cfa_remember.in_use = 1;
2875 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_cfi_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore
2879 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2881 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
2882 const char *label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2884 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_restore_state;
2885 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
2887 gcc_assert (cfa_remember.in_use);
2889 cfa_remember.in_use = 0;
2894 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2895 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2896 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2898 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2899 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2904 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2905 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
2906 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
2907 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2909 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2910 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2911 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2912 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2913 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2914 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
2917 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2918 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2919 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2920 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2921 case DW_CFA_restore:
2922 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2923 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2924 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2925 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2926 case DW_CFA_register:
2927 case DW_CFA_expression:
2928 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2930 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2931 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2932 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2933 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2935 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2936 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2943 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2944 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2945 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2947 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2948 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2952 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2953 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2955 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2956 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2957 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2959 case DW_CFA_register:
2960 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2962 case DW_CFA_expression:
2963 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2966 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2970 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2972 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2973 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2974 for collect2 the first time around. */
2977 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back)
2981 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2982 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
2986 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
2992 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2994 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2996 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2998 flags = ((! flag_pic
2999 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3000 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
3001 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3002 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
3003 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3004 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
3005 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
3008 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
3009 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
3013 if (eh_frame_section)
3014 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
3017 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3018 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3019 switch_to_section (data_section);
3023 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
3024 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3025 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
3026 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3027 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3032 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3036 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back)
3039 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back);
3042 if (!debug_frame_section)
3043 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
3044 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
3045 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
3049 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3052 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
3057 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
3058 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
3059 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
3060 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
3061 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
3062 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset));
3063 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
3065 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3066 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3067 "DW_CFA_offset, column %#lx", r);
3068 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3069 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3071 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
3073 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3074 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3075 "DW_CFA_restore, column %#lx", r);
3079 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
3080 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
3082 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3084 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3086 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3087 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3088 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
3091 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3092 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
3093 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3096 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3097 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3098 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3099 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3102 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3103 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3104 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3105 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3108 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3109 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3110 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3111 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3114 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3115 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3116 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3117 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3120 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3121 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3122 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3123 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3124 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3127 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3128 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3129 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3130 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3133 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3134 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3135 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3136 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3137 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3140 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3141 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3142 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3143 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3144 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3147 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3148 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3149 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3150 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3151 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3152 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3155 case DW_CFA_register:
3156 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3157 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3158 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3159 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3162 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3163 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3164 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3167 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3168 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3169 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3172 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3175 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3176 case DW_CFA_expression:
3177 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
3180 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3181 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3190 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3193 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3195 unsigned long r, r2;
3197 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3199 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3200 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3201 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3202 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3203 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3204 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3205 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3206 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3207 going to take care of this for us. */
3211 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3212 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3213 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3214 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3215 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3218 case DW_CFA_restore:
3219 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3220 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3221 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r);
3224 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3225 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3226 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r);
3229 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3230 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3231 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r);
3234 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3235 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3236 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3237 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3238 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3241 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3242 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3243 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r);
3246 case DW_CFA_register:
3247 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3248 r2 = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3249 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r, r2);
3252 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3253 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3254 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3255 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3256 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3259 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3260 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3262 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
3263 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3266 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3267 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size);
3268 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3270 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
3271 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3272 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3275 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3276 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3279 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3280 case DW_CFA_expression:
3281 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", cfi->dw_cfi_opc);
3282 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi);
3283 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3291 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref);
3292 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref, heap);
3294 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3295 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3296 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3297 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3300 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi, bool do_cfi_asm, dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh)
3302 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf;
3304 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size = NULL, cfi_cfa = NULL, cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3305 VEC (dw_cfi_ref, heap) *regs = VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref, heap, 32);
3306 unsigned int len, idx;
3308 for (;; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3309 switch (cfi ? cfi->dw_cfi_opc : DW_CFA_nop)
3311 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3312 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3313 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3314 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3315 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3316 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3317 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3319 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3321 dw_cfi_ref args_size = cfi_args_size;
3323 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3324 .cfi_restore_state. */
3325 for (cfi2 = cfi->dw_cfi_next; cfi2; cfi2 = cfi2->dw_cfi_next)
3326 if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore_state)
3328 else if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_GNU_args_size)
3331 gcc_assert (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_remember_state);
3338 cfi_args_size = args_size;
3342 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3343 cfi_args_size = cfi;
3345 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3348 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3349 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3350 case DW_CFA_restore:
3351 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3352 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3353 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3354 case DW_CFA_register:
3355 case DW_CFA_val_offset:
3356 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf:
3357 case DW_CFA_expression:
3358 case DW_CFA_val_expression:
3359 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3360 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs) <= cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num)
3361 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs,
3362 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num + 1);
3363 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, cfi);
3365 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3366 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3367 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3369 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3371 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3374 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3375 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3376 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3379 gcc_assert (cfi == NULL);
3381 len = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs);
3382 for (idx = 0; idx < len; idx++)
3384 cfi2 = VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, idx, NULL);
3386 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore
3387 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore_extended)
3390 output_cfi_directive (cfi2);
3392 output_cfi (cfi2, fde, for_eh);
3395 if (cfi_cfa && cfi_cfa_offset && cfi_cfa_offset != cfi_cfa)
3397 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression);
3399 switch (cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc)
3401 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3402 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
3403 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3405 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3406 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
3407 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3409 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3410 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3411 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc;
3412 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd2;
3419 else if (cfi_cfa_offset)
3420 cfi_cfa = cfi_cfa_offset;
3424 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa);
3426 output_cfi (cfi_cfa, fde, for_eh);
3429 cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3431 && cfi_args_size->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset)
3434 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size);
3436 output_cfi (cfi_args_size, fde, for_eh);
3438 cfi_args_size = NULL;
3441 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs);
3444 else if (do_cfi_asm)
3445 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
3447 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3454 /* Output one FDE. */
3457 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second,
3458 char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation,
3459 bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding)
3461 const char *begin, *end;
3462 static unsigned int j;
3463 char l1[20], l2[20];
3466 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh,
3468 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL,
3470 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3471 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3472 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3473 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3474 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3475 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3477 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3480 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
3482 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
3483 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
3485 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3487 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3488 end = fde->dw_fde_end;
3492 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3493 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3494 might be separated from the real start of the
3495 function by alignment padding. */
3497 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3498 else if (fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3499 begin = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label;
3501 begin = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
3502 if (second ^ fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3503 end = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
3505 end = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
3510 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin);
3511 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3512 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false,
3513 "FDE initial location");
3514 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
3515 end, begin, "FDE address range");
3519 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location");
3520 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range");
3523 if (augmentation[0])
3525 if (any_lsda_needed)
3527 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
3529 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3531 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3532 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3533 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
3534 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3535 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3538 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
3541 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
3543 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3545 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3546 fde->funcdef_number);
3547 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding,
3548 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
3550 "Language Specific Data Area");
3554 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3555 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3556 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
3557 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3561 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3564 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3566 fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin;
3567 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3568 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3569 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3572 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3573 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3575 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3576 if (cfi == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3582 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
3584 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3586 cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next;
3587 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
3588 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, false, fde, for_eh);
3589 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = cfi_next;
3591 for (cfi = cfi_next; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3592 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3595 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3596 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3597 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3598 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3599 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3601 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3602 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3603 switch *back* into the table section. */
3604 switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl));
3605 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label);
3606 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true);
3609 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3610 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3611 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
3612 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3617 /* Return true if frame description entry FDE is needed for EH. */
3620 fde_needed_for_eh_p (dw_fde_ref fde)
3622 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
3625 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde->decl))
3628 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3631 /* If exceptions are enabled, we have collected nothrow info. */
3632 if (flag_exceptions && (fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls || fde->nothrow))
3638 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3639 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3640 location of saved registers. */
3643 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
3648 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
3649 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
3650 char augmentation[6];
3651 int augmentation_size;
3652 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3653 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3654 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3656 rtx personality = NULL;
3659 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3660 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
3663 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3664 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3667 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit
3668 any EH unwind information. If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to
3669 emit an empty label for an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We
3670 want to avoid having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to
3671 is discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function template
3672 in C++ requires EH information, an explicit specialization doesn't. */
3675 bool any_eh_needed = false;
3677 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3678 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
3679 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
3680 else if (fde_needed_for_eh_p (&fde_table[i]))
3681 any_eh_needed = true;
3682 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO)
3683 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl, 1, 1);
3689 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3693 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3694 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false);
3696 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
3697 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
3699 /* Output the CIE. */
3700 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
3701 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
3702 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3703 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3704 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3705 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3706 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3707 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3709 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3710 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3711 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
3712 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
3713 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3715 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3716 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3717 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3718 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
3720 if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2)
3722 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version");
3724 augmentation[0] = 0;
3725 augmentation_size = 0;
3727 personality = current_unit_personality;
3733 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3734 augmentation section.
3735 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3736 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3737 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3739 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3740 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3742 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3743 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3744 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3746 p = augmentation + 1;
3750 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
3751 assemble_external_libcall (personality);
3753 if (any_lsda_needed)
3756 augmentation_size += 1;
3758 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3761 augmentation_size += 1;
3763 if (p > augmentation + 1)
3765 augmentation[0] = 'z';
3769 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3770 if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3772 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3774 + 1 /* CIE version */
3775 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3776 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3777 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
3779 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3780 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3781 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3783 augmentation_size += pad;
3785 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3786 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3787 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
3791 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3792 if (dw_cie_version >= 4)
3794 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "CIE Address Size");
3795 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
3797 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3798 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
3799 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3801 if (dw_cie_version == 1)
3802 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3804 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3806 if (augmentation[0])
3808 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
3811 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
3812 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
3813 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
3818 if (any_lsda_needed)
3819 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3820 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
3822 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3823 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3824 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
3827 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3828 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
3830 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3831 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3832 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
3833 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3835 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3836 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3839 fde = &fde_table[i];
3841 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3842 if (for_eh && !fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde))
3845 for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections ? 2 : 1); k++)
3846 output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding,
3847 augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding);
3850 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
3851 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3852 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3853 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3854 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3855 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
3858 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3863 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3866 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second)
3870 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
3872 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3876 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3879 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3880 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3881 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3882 of the weirder relocation types. */
3883 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3884 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3886 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc);
3887 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3888 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3891 if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
3895 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3896 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3897 current_function_funcdef_no);
3898 ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab);
3899 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3901 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3902 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3904 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc);
3905 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3906 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3910 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3914 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3915 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3917 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3922 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
3924 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3925 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3926 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3928 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
3929 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3932 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3936 fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl);
3937 switch_to_section (fnsec);
3938 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3939 current_function_funcdef_no);
3940 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3941 current_function_funcdef_no);
3942 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
3943 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
3945 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3946 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3947 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3951 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3952 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
3954 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
3955 fde_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node, fde_table, fde_table_allocated);
3956 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
3957 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
3960 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3961 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
3963 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3964 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
3965 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
3966 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
3967 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
3968 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
3969 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
3970 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
3971 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
3972 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 0;
3973 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = 0;
3974 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
3975 fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue = NULL;
3976 fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue = NULL;
3977 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
3978 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = NULL;
3979 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
3980 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
3981 fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
3982 fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow;
3983 fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3984 fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3985 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
3987 section *unlikelysec;
3988 if (first_function_block_is_cold)
3989 fde->in_std_section = 1;
3992 = (fnsec == text_section
3993 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3994 unlikelysec = unlikely_text_section ();
3995 fde->cold_in_std_section
3996 = (unlikelysec == text_section
3997 || (cold_text_section && unlikelysec == cold_text_section));
4002 = (fnsec == text_section
4003 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
4004 fde->cold_in_std_section = 0;
4007 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
4009 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
4010 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
4011 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4013 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true);
4016 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4017 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
4020 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
4021 if (!current_unit_personality)
4022 current_unit_personality = personality;
4024 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4025 asm, at the point where we emit the CFI data, there is no current
4026 function anymore. */
4027 if (personality && current_unit_personality != personality)
4028 sorry ("multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4029 "supporting .cfi_personality directive");
4033 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code
4034 for a function prologue. This gets called *after* the prologue code has
4038 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4039 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4042 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4044 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4046 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL,
4047 current_function_funcdef_no);
4048 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL,
4049 current_function_funcdef_no);
4050 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
4051 fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue = xstrdup (label);
4054 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code
4055 for a function epilogue. This gets called *before* the prologue code has
4059 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4060 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4063 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4065 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
4066 if (fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue)
4069 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4071 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL,
4072 current_function_funcdef_no);
4073 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL,
4074 current_function_funcdef_no);
4075 fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue = xstrdup (label);
4078 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4079 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4083 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4084 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4087 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4089 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4090 last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX;
4093 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4094 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4096 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4098 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
4099 current_function_funcdef_no);
4100 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
4101 fde = current_fde ();
4102 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
4103 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
4107 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4109 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4110 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_fde_node (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
4111 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4112 fde_table_in_use = 0;
4114 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4115 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4117 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4118 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
4120 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4121 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4122 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
4127 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4129 /* Output call frame information. */
4130 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4131 output_call_frame_info (0);
4133 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4134 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4135 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
4136 output_call_frame_info (1);
4140 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4143 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4145 section *sec = current_function_section ();
4146 if (sec == text_section)
4147 text_section_used = true;
4148 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
4149 cold_text_section_used = true;
4153 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4155 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
4157 gcc_assert (cfun && fde && !fde->dw_fde_switched_sections);
4159 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 1;
4160 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = !in_cold_section_p;
4162 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
4163 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
4164 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
4165 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
4166 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
4168 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4169 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4170 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
4172 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4173 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
4174 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4176 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4177 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4179 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4180 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4182 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4184 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4185 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4187 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, true, fde, true);
4191 dw_cfi_ref cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4193 cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4195 while (cfi->dw_cfi_next != NULL)
4196 cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next;
4197 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = cfi;
4202 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4203 for emitting location expressions. */
4205 /* Data about a single source file. */
4206 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data {
4207 const char * filename;
4211 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
4212 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
4213 typedef const struct die_struct *const_dw_die_ref;
4214 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
4215 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
4217 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4221 } deferred_locations;
4223 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations);
4224 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations,gc);
4226 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations, gc) *deferred_locations_list;
4228 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref);
4229 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref,heap);
4231 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4232 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4233 implementation are listed below. */
4238 dw_val_class_offset,
4240 dw_val_class_loc_list,
4241 dw_val_class_range_list,
4243 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
4244 dw_val_class_const_double,
4247 dw_val_class_die_ref,
4248 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
4249 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
4250 dw_val_class_lineptr,
4252 dw_val_class_macptr,
4255 dw_val_class_vms_delta
4258 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4260 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct {
4261 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
4267 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4268 represented internally. */
4270 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct {
4271 enum dw_val_class val_class;
4272 union dw_val_struct_union
4274 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
4275 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
4276 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
4277 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
4278 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
4279 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
4280 double_int GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double;
4281 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
4282 struct dw_val_die_union
4286 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
4287 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
4288 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
4289 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
4290 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
4291 struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
4292 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8[8];
4293 struct dw_val_vms_delta_union
4297 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vms_delta"))) val_vms_delta;
4299 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
4303 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4306 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct {
4307 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
4308 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom) dw_loc_opc : 8;
4309 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4310 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4311 unsigned int dtprel : 1;
4313 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
4314 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
4318 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4319 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4320 their entire life. */
4321 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct {
4322 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
4323 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
4324 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
4325 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4326 Only on head of list */
4327 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4328 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
4331 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4333 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4335 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4338 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
4343 return "DW_OP_addr";
4345 return "DW_OP_deref";
4347 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4349 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4351 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4353 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4355 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4357 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4359 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4361 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4363 return "DW_OP_constu";
4365 return "DW_OP_consts";
4369 return "DW_OP_drop";
4371 return "DW_OP_over";
4373 return "DW_OP_pick";
4375 return "DW_OP_swap";
4379 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4387 return "DW_OP_minus";
4399 return "DW_OP_plus";
4400 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4401 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4407 return "DW_OP_shra";
4425 return "DW_OP_skip";
4427 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4429 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4431 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4433 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4435 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4437 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4439 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4441 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4443 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4445 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4447 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4449 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4451 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4453 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4455 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4457 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4459 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4461 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4463 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4465 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4467 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4469 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4471 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4473 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4475 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4477 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4479 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4481 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4483 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4485 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4487 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4489 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4491 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4493 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4495 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4497 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4499 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4501 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4503 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4505 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4507 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4509 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4511 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4513 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4515 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4517 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4519 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4521 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4523 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4525 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4527 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4529 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4531 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4533 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4535 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4537 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4539 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4541 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4543 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4545 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4547 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4549 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4551 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4553 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4555 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4557 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4559 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4561 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4563 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4565 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4567 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4569 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4571 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4573 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4575 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4577 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4579 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4581 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4583 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4585 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4587 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4589 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4591 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4593 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4595 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4597 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4599 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4601 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4603 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4605 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4607 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4609 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4611 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4613 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4615 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4617 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4619 return "DW_OP_regx";
4621 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4623 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4625 return "DW_OP_piece";
4626 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4627 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4628 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4629 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4633 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
4634 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4636 return "DW_OP_call2";
4638 return "DW_OP_call4";
4639 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4640 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4641 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4642 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4643 case DW_OP_stack_value:
4644 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4645 case DW_OP_form_tls_address:
4646 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4647 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa:
4648 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4649 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
4650 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4652 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
4653 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4654 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit:
4655 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4656 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr:
4657 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4660 return "OP_<unknown>";
4664 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4665 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4666 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4668 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4669 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
4670 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
4672 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_descr_node ();
4674 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
4675 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4676 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
4677 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4678 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
4683 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4686 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4687 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4690 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + reg),
4693 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
4696 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4699 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
4701 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
4703 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4704 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
4710 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4713 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4715 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4718 gcc_assert (*list_head != NULL);
4723 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4724 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
4728 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg
4729 || (loc->dw_loc_opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && loc->dw_loc_opc <= DW_OP_breg31))
4730 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
4731 else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bregx)
4732 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
4734 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4735 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4737 && ((offset > 0 && *p <= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)
4738 || (offset < 0 && *p >= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)))
4741 else if (offset > 0)
4742 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
4746 loc->dw_loc_next = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
4747 add_loc_descr (&loc->dw_loc_next, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
4751 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4752 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4755 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4758 for (d = list_head; d != NULL; d = d->dw_loc_next)
4759 loc_descr_plus_const (&d->expr, offset);
4763 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4765 static unsigned long
4766 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4768 unsigned long size = 1;
4770 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4773 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4792 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4795 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4800 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4801 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4839 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4842 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4845 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4848 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4849 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
4852 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4854 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
4855 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4856 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned);
4858 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4859 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4868 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4869 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4871 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4872 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
4873 + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
4882 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4884 static unsigned long
4885 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4890 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4891 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4892 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4894 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
4896 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4901 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4903 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
4904 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4910 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4911 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4914 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4917 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4919 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
4920 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
4922 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4924 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4927 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4931 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4935 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
4936 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4943 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
4944 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
4946 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
4949 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4950 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4951 switch (val2->val_class)
4953 case dw_val_class_const:
4954 dw2_asm_output_data (val1->v.val_unsigned, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
4956 case dw_val_class_vec:
4958 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
4959 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
4963 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
4968 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
4971 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
4972 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
4975 case dw_val_class_const_double:
4977 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
4979 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
4981 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
4982 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
4986 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
4987 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
4989 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4991 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4995 case dw_val_class_addr:
4996 gcc_assert (val1->v.val_unsigned == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
4997 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val2->v.val_addr, NULL);
5012 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5013 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
5014 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
5015 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
5016 only doing unwinding. */
5021 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5024 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5027 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5030 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5032 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5033 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5067 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5070 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5073 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5076 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5077 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
5080 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5082 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
5083 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5084 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val2->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5086 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5087 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5088 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5094 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
5096 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
5099 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5106 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5107 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
5115 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5120 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5123 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5125 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5127 /* Output the opcode. */
5128 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
5129 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
5131 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5132 output_loc_operands (loc);
5136 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5137 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5140 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5142 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
5143 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
5145 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
5148 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5149 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5155 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5156 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5157 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5158 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1->v.val_int);
5163 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5164 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1->v.val_int);
5169 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5170 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1->v.val_int);
5175 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
5176 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5177 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1->v.val_int);
5185 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
5186 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
5188 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5189 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset);
5194 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5197 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5198 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5201 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
5202 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5203 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5204 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val2->v.val_unsigned);
5241 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5242 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1->v.val_int);
5246 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5247 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5248 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5249 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2->v.val_int);
5253 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5259 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5263 /* Output the opcode. */
5264 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x", loc->dw_loc_opc);
5265 output_loc_operands_raw (loc);
5267 if (!loc->dw_loc_next)
5269 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
5271 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5275 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5276 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5279 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5281 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5284 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5286 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
5287 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5290 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5292 /* Output the size of the block. */
5293 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5294 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
5296 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5297 output_loc_sequence (loc);
5300 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5303 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5305 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5308 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5310 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x,", cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
5311 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5314 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5316 /* Output the size of the block. */
5317 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5318 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size);
5319 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5321 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5322 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc);
5325 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5326 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5329 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5330 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5332 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
5334 offset += cfa->offset;
5338 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
5339 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
5340 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
5341 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5344 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
5345 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5349 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, offset);
5354 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5355 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5358 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5359 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment)
5361 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head;
5362 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5363 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
5365 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5366 if (cfa.reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa.indirect == 0)
5368 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0);
5369 add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment));
5370 add_loc_descr (&head, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
5371 loc_descr_plus_const (&head, offset);
5374 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset);
5378 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5379 descriptor sequence. */
5382 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
5384 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
5386 cfa->base_offset = 0;
5390 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
5392 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
5428 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
5431 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5465 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
5466 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5469 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5470 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
5475 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5476 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
5479 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5480 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
5484 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
5486 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5487 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5489 /* .debug_str support. */
5490 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5492 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5493 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5494 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5495 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5496 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5497 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5498 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5499 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree);
5500 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5501 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5502 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree);
5503 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
5504 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
5505 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree, tree, bool);
5506 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree, tree, tree,
5508 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
5509 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
5510 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree);
5511 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree, int);
5512 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx, rtx);
5513 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5514 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
5515 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree);
5517 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5519 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
5523 dwarf2out_assembly_start,
5526 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
5527 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
5528 dwarf2out_begin_block,
5529 dwarf2out_end_block,
5530 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
5531 dwarf2out_source_line,
5532 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
5533 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
5534 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue,
5535 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue,
5537 debug_nothing_int_charstar,
5538 debug_nothing_int_charstar,
5540 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
5541 dwarf2out_begin_function,
5542 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
5543 dwarf2out_function_decl, /* function_decl */
5544 dwarf2out_global_decl,
5545 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
5546 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
5547 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
5548 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5549 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5550 something tries to reference them. */
5551 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
5552 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
5553 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
5554 dwarf2out_var_location,
5555 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
5556 dwarf2out_direct_call,
5557 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token,
5558 dwarf2out_copy_call_info,
5559 dwarf2out_virtual_call,
5561 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5565 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5566 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5567 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5569 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5570 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5571 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5572 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5574 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5575 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5577 typedef long int dw_offset;
5579 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5581 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
5582 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
5583 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
5584 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
5585 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
5586 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
5587 typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref;
5589 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5590 line number associated with the label generated for that
5591 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5592 the line number entry. */
5594 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct {
5595 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5596 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5600 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5602 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct {
5603 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5604 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5605 unsigned long function;
5607 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
5609 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5610 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5611 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5613 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct {
5614 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
5615 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
5619 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
5620 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
5622 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5623 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5624 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5626 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct {
5627 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
5628 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5630 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol;
5631 comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node;
5633 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id;
5634 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
5635 dw_die_ref die_parent;
5636 dw_die_ref die_child;
5638 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5639 dw_offset die_offset;
5640 unsigned long die_abbrev;
5642 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5643 int die_perennial_p;
5644 unsigned int decl_id;
5648 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5649 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5650 c = die->die_child; \
5654 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5657 /* The pubname structure */
5659 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct {
5665 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
5666 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
5668 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct {
5669 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5670 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5674 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct {
5679 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5680 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5682 dw_die_ref root_die;
5683 dw_die_ref type_die;
5684 char signature[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE];
5685 struct comdat_type_struct *next;
5689 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5690 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct {
5693 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
5697 typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5701 struct skeleton_chain_struct *parent;
5703 skeleton_chain_node;
5705 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5706 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5707 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5710 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5711 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5713 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5714 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5715 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5716 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5717 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5718 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5720 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5721 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5722 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5723 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5724 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5725 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5726 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5727 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5728 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5729 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5731 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5732 language, and compiler version. */
5734 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5735 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5736 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5738 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5739 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5740 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5741 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5743 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5744 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5746 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5747 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5748 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5749 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5750 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5752 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5753 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5754 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5755 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5756 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5757 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5759 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5760 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5761 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5762 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5764 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5768 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5769 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5770 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5772 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5773 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5775 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5776 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5778 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5779 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5780 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5781 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5782 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5784 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
5785 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
5786 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
5789 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5790 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5791 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5792 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
5795 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5796 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
5798 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5799 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node *comdat_type_list;
5801 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5802 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
5804 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5805 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
5806 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *deferred_asm_name;
5808 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5809 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
5811 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5812 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5813 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
5815 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5816 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5817 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t common_block_die_table;
5819 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct {
5824 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry);
5825 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry,gc);
5827 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5828 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node {
5829 /* Either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, or, for SRA optimized variables,
5830 EXPR_LIST chain. For small bitsizes, bitsize is encoded
5831 in mode of the EXPR_LIST node and first EXPR_LIST operand
5832 is either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for a piece with a known
5833 location or NULL for padding. For larger bitsizes,
5834 mode is 0 and first operand is a CONCAT with bitsize
5835 as first CONCAT operand and NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION resp.
5836 NULL as second operand. */
5838 const char * GTY (()) label;
5839 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
5842 /* Variable location list. */
5843 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def {
5844 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
5846 /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the
5847 chained list. If the list is empty, both first and
5848 last are NULL, if the list contains just one node
5849 or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points
5850 to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one.
5851 Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
5852 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
5854 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5855 unsigned int decl_id;
5857 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
5860 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5861 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
5863 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5864 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5865 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5866 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5867 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
5869 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5870 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
5872 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5873 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
5875 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5876 abbrev_die_table. */
5877 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5879 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5880 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5881 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5882 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
5884 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5885 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
5887 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5888 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
5890 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5891 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5892 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5893 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
5895 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5896 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
5898 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5899 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
5901 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5903 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5905 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5906 accessible names. */
5907 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
5909 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5910 accessible types. */
5911 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
5913 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5914 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
5916 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
5917 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
5919 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
5920 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
5922 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5924 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5926 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
5927 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
5929 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
5930 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
5932 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
5933 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
5935 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
5936 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5937 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
5939 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
5940 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
5942 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
5943 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
5945 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5947 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5949 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5950 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
5952 /* Unique label counter. */
5953 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
5955 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
5956 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num;
5958 /* The direct call table structure. */
5960 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct {
5961 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5963 dw_die_ref targ_die;
5967 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry);
5968 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry, gc);
5970 /* The virtual call table structure. */
5972 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct {
5973 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5974 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5978 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry);
5979 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry, gc);
5981 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
5982 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry, gc) * dcall_table = NULL;
5983 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry, gc) * vcall_table = NULL;
5985 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
5987 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn {
5989 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5992 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn))) htab_t vcall_insn_table;
5994 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5995 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
5996 static int current_function_has_inlines;
5998 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
5999 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
6002 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
6003 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
6005 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
6006 static GTY(()) int label_num;
6008 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
6009 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
6011 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry,gc) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table;
6013 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
6015 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
6016 within the current function. */
6017 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
6019 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
6021 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx);
6022 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
6023 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree);
6024 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
6025 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
6026 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
6027 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree);
6028 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
6029 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
6030 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
6031 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
6032 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
6033 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
6034 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
6035 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6036 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
6037 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6038 HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6039 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
6040 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
6041 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned char *);
6042 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
6043 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
6044 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
6045 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
6046 static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
6047 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
6048 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6049 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
6050 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
6051 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
6052 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
6053 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
6054 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
6055 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6057 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
6058 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
6059 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
6060 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
6061 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
6062 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
6063 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6064 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6065 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6067 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
6068 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6069 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
6070 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
6071 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6072 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6073 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6074 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6075 static bool is_cxx (void);
6076 static bool is_fortran (void);
6077 static bool is_ada (void);
6078 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6079 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
6080 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6081 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
6082 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
6083 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6084 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
6085 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6086 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
6087 static hashval_t common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
6088 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6089 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
6090 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6091 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree);
6092 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6093 static struct var_loc_node *add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, rtx, const char *);
6094 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
6095 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
6096 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
6097 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6098 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
6099 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6100 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6101 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6102 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
6103 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
6104 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6105 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag, dw_attr_ref,
6106 struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6107 struct checksum_attributes;
6108 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *, dw_die_ref);
6109 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6110 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6111 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref, comdat_type_node *);
6112 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
6113 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *);
6114 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
6115 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
6116 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6117 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
6118 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
6119 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
6120 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
6121 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
6122 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
6123 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref);
6124 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref);
6125 static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref);
6126 static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref);
6127 static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref);
6128 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6129 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *);
6130 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *);
6131 static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref);
6132 static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref,
6134 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref);
6135 static dw_die_ref copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6136 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6137 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref);
6139 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6140 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6141 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6142 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
6143 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
6144 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
6145 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
6146 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
6147 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6148 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
6149 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
6150 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6151 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6152 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
6153 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6154 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6155 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6156 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6157 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6158 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
6159 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
6160 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6161 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
6162 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *);
6163 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
6164 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
6165 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref);
6166 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
6167 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6168 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
6169 static void output_aranges (void);
6170 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6171 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree);
6172 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref, const char *, const char *,
6174 static void output_ranges (void);
6175 static void output_line_info (void);
6176 static void output_file_names (void);
6177 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
6178 static int is_base_type (tree);
6179 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6180 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6181 static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6182 static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6183 static int type_is_enum (const_tree);
6184 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx);
6185 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
6186 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
6187 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6188 enum var_init_status);
6189 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6190 enum var_init_status);
6191 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
6192 enum var_init_status);
6193 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx);
6194 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx *, void *);
6195 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6196 enum var_init_status);
6197 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6198 enum var_init_status);
6199 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6200 enum var_init_status);
6201 static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree, int);
6202 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
6203 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
6204 static tree field_type (const_tree);
6205 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6206 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6207 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree);
6208 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree);
6209 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6211 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6212 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
6213 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6214 static void insert_double (double_int, unsigned char *);
6215 static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *);
6216 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
6217 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
6218 enum dwarf_attribute);
6219 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6220 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree);
6221 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
6222 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
6223 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
6224 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool);
6225 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6226 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6227 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6228 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6229 static dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6230 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6231 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6232 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6233 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
6234 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6235 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
6236 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6237 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6238 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6239 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6240 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6241 static const char *type_tag (const_tree);
6242 static tree member_declared_type (const_tree);
6244 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
6246 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6247 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref);
6249 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6251 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6252 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6253 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref, tree*);
6254 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6255 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6256 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6257 static void gen_variable_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6258 static void gen_const_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6259 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6260 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6261 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6262 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6263 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6264 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6265 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6266 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6267 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
6268 enum debug_info_usage);
6269 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6270 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6271 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6272 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6273 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6274 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
6275 static bool is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree);
6276 static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree);
6277 static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6278 static void gen_decl_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6279 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
6280 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
6281 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
6282 static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
6283 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
6284 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6285 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6286 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree);
6287 static void gen_tagged_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref, enum debug_info_usage);
6288 static void gen_type_die_with_usage (tree, dw_die_ref, enum debug_info_usage);
6289 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6290 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6291 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
6292 const char *, const char *);
6293 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
6294 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6296 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6297 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
6298 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
6299 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
6300 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
6301 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6302 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
6303 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref);
6304 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref);
6305 static inline void add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6306 const char *, const char *);
6307 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref, tree);
6308 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6310 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6311 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6312 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6314 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6315 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6317 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6318 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6320 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6321 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6323 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6324 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6326 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6327 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6329 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6330 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6332 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6333 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6335 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6336 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6338 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6339 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6341 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6342 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6344 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6345 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6348 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6349 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6350 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6353 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6354 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6355 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6356 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6359 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6360 the section names themselves. */
6362 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6363 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6365 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6366 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6368 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6369 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6371 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6372 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6374 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6375 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6377 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6378 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6380 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6381 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6383 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6384 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6387 /* Mangled name attribute to use. This used to be a vendor extension
6388 until DWARF 4 standardized it. */
6389 #define AT_linkage_name \
6390 (dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_AT_linkage_name : DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name)
6393 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6394 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6395 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6396 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6397 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6399 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6400 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6401 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6402 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6403 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6404 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6405 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6406 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6407 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6408 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6410 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6411 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6413 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6414 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6416 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6417 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6419 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6420 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6422 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6423 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6425 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6426 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6430 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6431 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6433 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
6436 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
6438 demangle_name_func = func;
6441 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6444 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl)
6446 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6447 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
6448 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
6451 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6455 type_main_variant (tree type)
6457 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6459 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6460 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6461 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6462 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6464 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
6465 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
6466 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6471 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6474 is_tagged_type (const_tree type)
6476 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
6478 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
6479 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
6482 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6485 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
6489 case DW_TAG_padding:
6490 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6491 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6492 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6493 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6494 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6495 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
6496 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6497 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6498 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6499 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
6500 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6501 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
6502 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6504 return "DW_TAG_label";
6505 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
6506 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6508 return "DW_TAG_member";
6509 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6510 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6511 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6512 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6513 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
6514 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6515 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6516 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6517 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6518 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6519 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6520 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6521 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6522 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6523 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6524 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6525 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
6526 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6527 case DW_TAG_variant:
6528 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6529 case DW_TAG_common_block:
6530 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6531 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
6532 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6533 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
6534 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6535 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
6536 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6538 return "DW_TAG_module";
6539 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6540 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6541 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6542 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6543 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6544 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6545 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
6546 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6547 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
6548 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6549 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6550 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6551 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
6552 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6553 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6554 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6555 case DW_TAG_constant:
6556 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6557 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
6558 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6559 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6560 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6562 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6563 case DW_TAG_namelist:
6564 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6565 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
6566 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6567 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6568 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6569 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
6570 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6571 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
6572 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6573 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
6574 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6575 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
6576 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6577 case DW_TAG_try_block:
6578 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6579 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
6580 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6581 case DW_TAG_variable:
6582 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6583 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6584 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6585 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure:
6586 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6587 case DW_TAG_restrict_type:
6588 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6589 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
6590 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6591 case DW_TAG_namespace:
6592 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6593 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
6594 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6595 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type:
6596 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6597 case DW_TAG_partial_unit:
6598 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6599 case DW_TAG_imported_unit:
6600 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6601 case DW_TAG_condition:
6602 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6603 case DW_TAG_shared_type:
6604 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6605 case DW_TAG_type_unit:
6606 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6607 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
6608 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6609 case DW_TAG_template_alias:
6610 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6611 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
6612 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6613 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack:
6614 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6615 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
6616 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6617 case DW_TAG_format_label:
6618 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6619 case DW_TAG_function_template:
6620 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6621 case DW_TAG_class_template:
6622 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6623 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
6624 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6625 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
6626 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6627 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
6628 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6630 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6634 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6637 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
6642 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6643 case DW_AT_location:
6644 return "DW_AT_location";
6646 return "DW_AT_name";
6647 case DW_AT_ordering:
6648 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6649 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
6650 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6651 case DW_AT_byte_size:
6652 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6653 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
6654 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6655 case DW_AT_bit_size:
6656 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6657 case DW_AT_element_list:
6658 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6659 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
6660 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6662 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6664 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6665 case DW_AT_language:
6666 return "DW_AT_language";
6668 return "DW_AT_member";
6670 return "DW_AT_discr";
6671 case DW_AT_discr_value:
6672 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6673 case DW_AT_visibility:
6674 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6676 return "DW_AT_import";
6677 case DW_AT_string_length:
6678 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6679 case DW_AT_common_reference:
6680 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6681 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
6682 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6683 case DW_AT_const_value:
6684 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6685 case DW_AT_containing_type:
6686 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6687 case DW_AT_default_value:
6688 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6690 return "DW_AT_inline";
6691 case DW_AT_is_optional:
6692 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6693 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
6694 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6695 case DW_AT_producer:
6696 return "DW_AT_producer";
6697 case DW_AT_prototyped:
6698 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6699 case DW_AT_return_addr:
6700 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6701 case DW_AT_start_scope:
6702 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6703 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
6704 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6705 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
6706 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6707 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
6708 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6709 case DW_AT_accessibility:
6710 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6711 case DW_AT_address_class:
6712 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6713 case DW_AT_artificial:
6714 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6715 case DW_AT_base_types:
6716 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6717 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
6718 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6720 return "DW_AT_count";
6721 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
6722 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6723 case DW_AT_decl_column:
6724 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6725 case DW_AT_decl_file:
6726 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6727 case DW_AT_decl_line:
6728 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6729 case DW_AT_declaration:
6730 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6731 case DW_AT_discr_list:
6732 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6733 case DW_AT_encoding:
6734 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6735 case DW_AT_external:
6736 return "DW_AT_external";
6737 case DW_AT_explicit:
6738 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6739 case DW_AT_frame_base:
6740 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6742 return "DW_AT_friend";
6743 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
6744 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6745 case DW_AT_macro_info:
6746 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6747 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
6748 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6749 case DW_AT_priority:
6750 return "DW_AT_priority";
6752 return "DW_AT_segment";
6753 case DW_AT_specification:
6754 return "DW_AT_specification";
6755 case DW_AT_static_link:
6756 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6758 return "DW_AT_type";
6759 case DW_AT_use_location:
6760 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6761 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
6762 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6763 case DW_AT_virtuality:
6764 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6765 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
6766 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6768 case DW_AT_allocated:
6769 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6770 case DW_AT_associated:
6771 return "DW_AT_associated";
6772 case DW_AT_data_location:
6773 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6774 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
6775 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6776 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
6777 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6778 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
6779 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6780 case DW_AT_extension:
6781 return "DW_AT_extension";
6783 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6784 case DW_AT_trampoline:
6785 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6786 case DW_AT_call_column:
6787 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6788 case DW_AT_call_file:
6789 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6790 case DW_AT_call_line:
6791 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6793 case DW_AT_signature:
6794 return "DW_AT_signature";
6795 case DW_AT_main_subprogram:
6796 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6797 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset:
6798 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6799 case DW_AT_const_expr:
6800 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6801 case DW_AT_enum_class:
6802 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6803 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
6804 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6806 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
6807 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6808 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
6809 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6810 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
6811 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6812 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
6813 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6814 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
6815 case DW_AT_HP_prologue:
6816 return "DW_AT_HP_prologue";
6818 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
6819 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6821 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
6822 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6823 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
6824 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6825 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
6826 case DW_AT_HP_epilogue:
6827 return "DW_AT_HP_epilogue";
6829 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
6830 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6832 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
6833 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6834 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
6835 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6836 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
6837 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6839 case DW_AT_sf_names:
6840 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6841 case DW_AT_src_info:
6842 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6843 case DW_AT_mac_info:
6844 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6845 case DW_AT_src_coords:
6846 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6847 case DW_AT_body_begin:
6848 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6849 case DW_AT_body_end:
6850 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6851 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
6852 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6853 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by:
6854 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6855 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by:
6856 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6857 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded:
6858 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6859 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded:
6860 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6861 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded:
6862 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6863 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required:
6864 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6865 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required:
6866 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6867 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature:
6868 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6869 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name:
6870 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6872 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
6873 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6876 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6880 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6883 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
6888 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6889 case DW_FORM_block2:
6890 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6891 case DW_FORM_block4:
6892 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6894 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6896 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6898 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6899 case DW_FORM_string:
6900 return "DW_FORM_string";
6902 return "DW_FORM_block";
6903 case DW_FORM_block1:
6904 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6906 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6908 return "DW_FORM_flag";
6910 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6912 return "DW_FORM_strp";
6914 return "DW_FORM_udata";
6915 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
6916 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6918 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6920 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6922 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6924 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6925 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
6926 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6927 case DW_FORM_indirect:
6928 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6929 case DW_FORM_sec_offset:
6930 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
6931 case DW_FORM_exprloc:
6932 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
6933 case DW_FORM_flag_present:
6934 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
6935 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8:
6936 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
6938 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6942 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
6943 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6944 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6945 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6949 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl)
6951 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
6954 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6955 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6956 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
6957 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
6960 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6961 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
6962 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
6964 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
6967 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6968 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6972 decl_class_context (tree decl)
6974 tree context = NULL_TREE;
6976 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
6977 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
6979 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
6980 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
6982 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
6983 context = NULL_TREE;
6988 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
6991 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
6993 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
6997 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
6998 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
6999 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
7002 static inline enum dw_val_class
7003 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
7005 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
7008 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
7011 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
7015 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7016 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
7017 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
7018 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7021 static inline unsigned
7022 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
7024 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
7025 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
7028 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7031 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
7035 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7036 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
7037 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
7038 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7041 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
7042 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
7044 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
7045 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
7048 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7051 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7052 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
7056 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7057 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
7058 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
7059 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7062 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7063 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
7065 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
7066 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
7069 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7072 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7073 HOST_WIDE_INT high, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low)
7077 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7078 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
7079 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high = high;
7080 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low = low;
7081 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7084 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
7087 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7088 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
7092 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7093 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
7094 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
7095 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
7096 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
7097 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7100 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
7103 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7104 unsigned char data8[8])
7108 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7109 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_data8;
7110 memcpy (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_data8, data8, 8);
7111 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7114 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
7117 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
7119 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
7123 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
7125 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
7126 (const char *)x2) == 0;
7129 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7131 static struct indirect_string_node *
7132 find_AT_string (const char *str)
7134 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7137 if (! debug_str_hash)
7138 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
7139 debug_str_eq, NULL);
7141 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
7142 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
7145 node = ggc_alloc_cleared_indirect_string_node ();
7146 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
7150 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
7156 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7159 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
7162 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7164 node = find_AT_string (str);
7166 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7167 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
7168 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
7169 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7172 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7173 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7176 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node *node)
7183 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
7184 ++dw2_string_counter;
7185 node->label = xstrdup (label);
7188 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7189 debug string STR. */
7192 get_debug_string_label (const char *str)
7194 struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (str);
7196 debug_str_hash_forced = true;
7198 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7200 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, node->label);
7203 static inline const char *
7204 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
7206 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7207 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
7210 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7211 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7213 static enum dwarf_form
7214 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
7216 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7219 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7221 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
7225 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
7227 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7228 always better to put it inline. */
7229 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
7230 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7232 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7233 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7235 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7236 || ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
7237 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len))
7238 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7240 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7242 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
7245 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7248 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7252 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7253 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
7254 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
7255 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
7256 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7259 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7260 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7263 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7265 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
7266 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
7267 targ_die->die_definition = die;
7270 static inline dw_die_ref
7271 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
7273 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7274 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
7278 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
7280 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
7281 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
7287 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
7289 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7290 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
7293 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7296 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
7300 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7301 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
7302 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
7303 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7306 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7309 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
7313 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7314 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7315 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
7316 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7319 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7320 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
7322 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7323 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
7327 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
7331 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7332 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
7333 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
7334 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7335 have_location_lists = true;
7338 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7339 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
7341 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7342 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7345 static inline dw_loc_list_ref *
7346 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a)
7348 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7349 return &a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7352 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7355 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
7359 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7360 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7361 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
7362 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7365 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7368 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
7370 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
7371 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
7374 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7377 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7378 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
7382 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7383 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
7384 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
7385 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7388 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7390 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7391 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
7393 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
7394 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
7397 /* Add a vms delta attribute value to a DIE. */
7400 add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7401 const char *lbl1, const char *lbl2)
7405 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7406 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vms_delta;
7407 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl1 = xstrdup (lbl1);
7408 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl2 = xstrdup (lbl2);
7409 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7412 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7415 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
7419 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7420 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
7421 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
7422 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7425 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7426 debug_line section. */
7429 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7434 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7435 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
7436 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7437 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7440 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7441 debug_macinfo section. */
7444 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7449 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7450 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
7451 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7452 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7455 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7458 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7459 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
7463 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7464 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
7465 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7466 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7469 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7472 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7473 long unsigned int offset)
7477 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7478 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
7479 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7480 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7483 /* Return the start label of a delta attribute. */
7485 static inline const char *
7486 AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref a)
7488 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_vms_delta));
7489 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl1;
7492 /* Return the end label of a delta attribute. */
7494 static inline const char *
7495 AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref a)
7497 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_vms_delta));
7498 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl2;
7501 static inline const char *
7502 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
7504 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7505 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7506 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
7507 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
7510 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7513 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7517 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
7522 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7523 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7525 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
7526 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
7530 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
7535 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7536 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7537 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7539 static inline const char *
7540 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7542 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
7544 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7547 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7548 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7549 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7551 static inline const char *
7552 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7554 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
7556 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7559 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7560 NULL if it is not present. */
7562 static inline const char *
7563 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7565 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7567 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
7570 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7571 if it is not present. */
7574 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7576 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7578 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
7581 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7582 if it is not present. */
7584 static inline unsigned
7585 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7587 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7589 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
7592 static inline dw_die_ref
7593 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7595 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7597 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
7600 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7601 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7603 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7605 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
7608 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7613 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7615 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
7618 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7623 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7625 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
7626 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
7627 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
7630 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7635 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7637 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
7640 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7643 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7651 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7652 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7654 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
7655 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
7656 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
7658 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7660 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
7665 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7666 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7669 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
7671 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
7672 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
7675 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
7679 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
7680 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
7681 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
7684 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7685 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7688 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child, dw_die_ref new_child, dw_die_ref prev)
7690 dw_die_ref parent = old_child->die_parent;
7692 gcc_assert (parent == prev->die_parent);
7693 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == old_child);
7695 new_child->die_parent = parent;
7696 if (prev == old_child)
7698 gcc_assert (parent->die_child == old_child);
7699 new_child->die_sib = new_child;
7703 prev->die_sib = new_child;
7704 new_child->die_sib = old_child->die_sib;
7706 if (old_child->die_parent->die_child == old_child)
7707 old_child->die_parent->die_child = new_child;
7710 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7713 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent, dw_die_ref new_parent)
7716 new_parent->die_child = old_parent->die_child;
7717 old_parent->die_child = NULL;
7718 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent, c, c->die_parent = new_parent);
7721 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7725 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
7731 dw_die_ref prev = c;
7733 while (c->die_tag == tag)
7735 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
7736 /* Might have removed every child. */
7737 if (c == c->die_sib)
7741 } while (c != die->die_child);
7744 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7747 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
7749 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7750 if (! die || ! child_die)
7752 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
7754 child_die->die_parent = die;
7757 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
7758 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
7761 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
7762 die->die_child = child_die;
7765 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7766 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7767 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7770 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
7774 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7775 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7776 if (child->die_parent != parent)
7778 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
7784 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
7785 || (child->die_parent
7786 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
7788 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
7789 if (p->die_sib == child)
7791 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
7795 add_child_die (parent, child);
7798 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7800 static inline dw_die_ref
7801 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
7803 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
7805 die->die_tag = tag_value;
7807 if (parent_die != NULL)
7808 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
7811 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
7813 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node ();
7814 limbo_node->die = die;
7815 limbo_node->created_for = t;
7816 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
7817 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
7823 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7825 static inline dw_die_ref
7826 lookup_type_die (tree type)
7828 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
7831 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7834 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
7836 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
7839 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7842 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
7844 return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
7847 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7850 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7852 return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7855 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7857 static inline dw_die_ref
7858 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
7860 return (dw_die_ref) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7863 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7866 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
7868 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
7871 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7875 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7877 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7880 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7882 static inline var_loc_list *
7883 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl)
7885 if (!decl_loc_table)
7887 return (var_loc_list *)
7888 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7891 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7894 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
7896 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7899 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7901 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
7904 /* Return how many bits covers PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
7907 decl_piece_bitsize (rtx piece)
7909 int ret = (int) GET_MODE (piece);
7912 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (piece, 0)) == CONCAT
7913 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 0)));
7914 return INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 0));
7917 /* Return pointer to the location of location note in PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
7920 decl_piece_varloc_ptr (rtx piece)
7922 if ((int) GET_MODE (piece))
7923 return &XEXP (piece, 0);
7925 return &XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 1);
7928 /* Create an EXPR_LIST for location note LOC_NOTE covering BITSIZE bits.
7929 Next is the chain of following piece nodes. */
7932 decl_piece_node (rtx loc_note, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, rtx next)
7934 if (bitsize <= (int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE)
7935 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (bitsize, loc_note, next);
7937 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_CONCAT (VOIDmode,
7942 /* Return rtx that should be stored into loc field for
7943 LOC_NOTE and BITPOS/BITSIZE. */
7946 construct_piece_list (rtx loc_note, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos,
7947 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize)
7951 loc_note = decl_piece_node (loc_note, bitsize, NULL_RTX);
7953 loc_note = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, bitpos, loc_note);
7958 /* This function either modifies location piece list *DEST in
7959 place (if SRC and INNER is NULL), or copies location piece list
7960 *SRC to *DEST while modifying it. Location BITPOS is modified
7961 to contain LOC_NOTE, any pieces overlapping it are removed resp.
7962 not copied and if needed some padding around it is added.
7963 When modifying in place, DEST should point to EXPR_LIST where
7964 earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits, when copying SRC points
7965 to the start of the whole list and INNER points to the EXPR_LIST
7966 where earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits. */
7969 adjust_piece_list (rtx *dest, rtx *src, rtx *inner,
7970 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos, HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos,
7971 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, rtx loc_note)
7974 bool copy = inner != NULL;
7978 /* First copy all nodes preceeding the current bitpos. */
7979 while (src != inner)
7981 *dest = decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src),
7982 decl_piece_bitsize (*src), NULL_RTX);
7983 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
7984 src = &XEXP (*src, 1);
7987 /* Add padding if needed. */
7988 if (bitpos != piece_bitpos)
7990 *dest = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, bitpos - piece_bitpos,
7991 copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
7992 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
7994 else if (*dest && decl_piece_bitsize (*dest) == bitsize)
7997 /* A piece with correct bitpos and bitsize already exist,
7998 just update the location for it and return. */
7999 *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*dest) = loc_note;
8002 /* Add the piece that changed. */
8003 *dest = decl_piece_node (loc_note, bitsize, copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
8004 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
8005 /* Skip over pieces that overlap it. */
8006 diff = bitpos - piece_bitpos + bitsize;
8009 while (diff > 0 && *src)
8012 diff -= decl_piece_bitsize (piece);
8014 src = &XEXP (piece, 1);
8017 *src = XEXP (piece, 1);
8018 free_EXPR_LIST_node (piece);
8021 /* Add padding if needed. */
8022 if (diff < 0 && *src)
8026 *dest = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, -diff, copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
8027 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
8031 /* Finally copy all nodes following it. */
8034 *dest = decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src),
8035 decl_piece_bitsize (*src), NULL_RTX);
8036 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
8037 src = &XEXP (*src, 1);
8041 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
8043 static struct var_loc_node *
8044 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, rtx loc_note, const char *label)
8046 unsigned int decl_id;
8049 struct var_loc_node *loc = NULL;
8050 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize = -1, bitpos = -1;
8052 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl))
8054 tree realdecl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl);
8055 if (realdecl && handled_component_p (realdecl))
8057 HOST_WIDE_INT maxsize;
8060 = get_ref_base_and_extent (realdecl, &bitpos, &bitsize, &maxsize);
8061 if (!DECL_P (innerdecl)
8062 || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl)
8063 || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl)
8065 || bitpos + bitsize > 256
8066 || bitsize != maxsize)
8072 decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
8073 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
8076 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_list ();
8077 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
8081 temp = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
8085 struct var_loc_node *last = temp->last, *unused = NULL;
8086 rtx *piece_loc = NULL, last_loc_note;
8087 int piece_bitpos = 0;
8091 gcc_assert (last->next == NULL);
8093 if (bitsize != -1 && GET_CODE (last->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
8095 piece_loc = &last->loc;
8098 int cur_bitsize = decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc);
8099 if (piece_bitpos + cur_bitsize > bitpos)
8101 piece_bitpos += cur_bitsize;
8102 piece_loc = &XEXP (*piece_loc, 1);
8106 /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or
8107 last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the
8109 if (label && strcmp (last->label, label) == 0)
8111 /* For SRA optimized variables if there weren't any real
8112 insns since last note, just modify the last node. */
8113 if (piece_loc != NULL)
8115 adjust_piece_list (piece_loc, NULL, NULL,
8116 bitpos, piece_bitpos, bitsize, loc_note);
8119 /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */
8120 if (temp->last != last)
8122 temp->last->next = NULL;
8125 gcc_assert (strcmp (last->label, label) != 0);
8129 gcc_assert (temp->first == temp->last);
8130 memset (temp->last, '\0', sizeof (*temp->last));
8131 temp->last->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
8135 if (bitsize == -1 && NOTE_P (last->loc))
8136 last_loc_note = last->loc;
8137 else if (piece_loc != NULL
8138 && *piece_loc != NULL_RTX
8139 && piece_bitpos == bitpos
8140 && decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc) == bitsize)
8141 last_loc_note = *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*piece_loc);
8143 last_loc_note = NULL_RTX;
8144 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
8145 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
8146 we have nothing to do. */
8147 if (last_loc_note == NULL_RTX
8148 || (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last_loc_note),
8149 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note)))
8150 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note)
8151 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note))
8152 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note)
8153 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
8154 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note)
8155 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
8157 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last
8158 element of the list has been removed above, reuse its
8159 memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */
8163 memset (loc, '\0', sizeof (*loc));
8166 loc = ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
8167 if (bitsize == -1 || piece_loc == NULL)
8168 loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
8170 adjust_piece_list (&loc->loc, &last->loc, piece_loc,
8171 bitpos, piece_bitpos, bitsize, loc_note);
8173 /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one
8174 element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */
8175 if (last != temp->last)
8183 loc = ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
8186 loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
8191 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
8192 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
8193 the DIE internal representation. */
8194 static int print_indent;
8196 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
8199 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
8201 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
8204 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
8207 print_signature (FILE *outfile, char *sig)
8211 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
8212 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", sig[i] & 0xff);
8215 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
8216 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8219 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
8225 print_spaces (outfile);
8226 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
8227 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
8228 print_spaces (outfile);
8229 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
8230 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld\n", die->die_offset);
8231 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && die->die_id.die_type_node)
8233 print_spaces (outfile);
8234 fprintf (outfile, " signature: ");
8235 print_signature (outfile, die->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
8236 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
8239 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8241 print_spaces (outfile);
8242 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
8244 switch (AT_class (a))
8246 case dw_val_class_addr:
8247 fprintf (outfile, "address");
8249 case dw_val_class_offset:
8250 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
8252 case dw_val_class_loc:
8253 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
8255 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
8256 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
8257 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
8259 case dw_val_class_range_list:
8260 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
8262 case dw_val_class_const:
8263 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
8265 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8266 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
8268 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8269 fprintf (outfile, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC","\
8270 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED")",
8271 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high,
8272 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low);
8274 case dw_val_class_vec:
8275 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
8277 case dw_val_class_flag:
8278 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
8280 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8281 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
8283 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node)
8285 fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: ");
8286 print_signature (outfile,
8287 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
8289 else if (dwarf_version < 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol)
8290 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s",
8291 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
8293 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
8296 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
8298 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
8299 fprintf (outfile, "delta: @slotcount(%s-%s)",
8300 AT_vms_delta2 (a), AT_vms_delta1 (a));
8302 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8303 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8304 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8305 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
8307 case dw_val_class_str:
8308 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
8309 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
8311 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
8313 case dw_val_class_file:
8314 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
8315 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
8317 case dw_val_class_data8:
8321 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
8322 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i]);
8329 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
8332 if (die->die_child != NULL)
8335 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
8338 if (print_indent == 0)
8339 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
8342 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
8343 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8346 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
8349 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
8351 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
8352 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
8354 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
8355 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
8356 line_info->dw_file_num,
8357 line_info->dw_line_num);
8360 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
8363 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
8366 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
8368 print_die (die, stderr);
8371 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
8372 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8378 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
8379 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
8380 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
8383 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
8384 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
8385 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
8388 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
8390 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
8391 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
8393 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
8397 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8400 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
8402 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
8404 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
8408 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8409 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8411 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8414 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8418 tem = (loc->dtprel << 8) | ((unsigned int) loc->dw_loc_opc);
8420 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8421 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8424 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8427 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8429 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8432 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
8434 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8435 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8436 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8439 switch (AT_class (at))
8441 case dw_val_class_const:
8442 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8444 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8445 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8447 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8448 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8450 case dw_val_class_vec:
8451 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8453 case dw_val_class_flag:
8454 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
8456 case dw_val_class_str:
8457 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8460 case dw_val_class_addr:
8462 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8463 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8466 case dw_val_class_offset:
8467 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8470 case dw_val_class_loc:
8471 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8472 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
8475 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8476 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
8479 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8480 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
8481 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8482 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8483 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8486 case dw_val_class_file:
8487 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8490 case dw_val_class_data8:
8491 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8499 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8502 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8508 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8511 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
8514 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8516 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
8518 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8519 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
8521 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
8525 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8527 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8528 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8529 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8530 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8531 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8532 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8533 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8535 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8538 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8545 byte = (value & 0x7f);
8547 more = !((value == 0 && (byte & 0x40) == 0)
8548 || (value == -1 && (byte & 0x40) != 0));
8557 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8560 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8564 unsigned char byte = (value & 0x7f);
8567 /* More bytes to follow. */
8575 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8576 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8579 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8583 int tag = die->die_tag;
8585 if (tag != DW_TAG_namespace
8586 && tag != DW_TAG_structure_type
8587 && tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
8590 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8592 spec = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8596 if (die->die_parent != NULL)
8597 checksum_die_context (die->die_parent, ctx);
8599 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8600 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag);
8602 CHECKSUM_STRING (name);
8605 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8608 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8610 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8611 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8612 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_plus_uconst && loc->dw_loc_next == NULL)
8614 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8615 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
8619 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8622 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dw_loc_opc);
8623 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8624 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8625 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
8629 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8632 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag, dw_attr_ref at,
8633 struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8635 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8638 if (AT_class (at) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
8640 dw_die_ref target_die = AT_ref (at);
8642 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8643 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8644 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8645 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8646 is complete or not. */
8647 if ((at->dw_attr == DW_AT_type
8648 && (tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
8649 || tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
8650 || tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
8651 || tag == DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type))
8652 || (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_friend
8653 && tag == DW_TAG_friend))
8655 dw_attr_ref name_attr = get_AT (target_die, DW_AT_name);
8657 if (name_attr != NULL)
8659 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8663 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8664 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8665 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8666 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8667 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8668 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8673 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8674 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8675 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8676 if (target_die->die_mark > 0)
8678 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8679 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8680 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die->die_mark);
8684 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8688 target_die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8689 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8690 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8691 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8692 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8693 die_checksum_ordered (target_die, ctx, mark);
8698 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8699 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8701 switch (AT_class (at))
8703 case dw_val_class_const:
8704 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8705 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8708 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8709 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8710 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8713 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8714 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8715 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double));
8716 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8719 case dw_val_class_vec:
8720 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8721 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec));
8722 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8725 case dw_val_class_flag:
8726 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag);
8727 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag ? 1 : 0);
8730 case dw_val_class_str:
8731 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8732 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8735 case dw_val_class_addr:
8737 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8738 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8739 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8742 case dw_val_class_offset:
8743 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8744 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8747 case dw_val_class_loc:
8748 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8749 loc_checksum_ordered (loc, ctx);
8752 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8753 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8754 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8755 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8758 case dw_val_class_file:
8759 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8760 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8763 case dw_val_class_data8:
8764 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8772 struct checksum_attributes
8774 dw_attr_ref at_name;
8775 dw_attr_ref at_type;
8776 dw_attr_ref at_friend;
8777 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility;
8778 dw_attr_ref at_address_class;
8779 dw_attr_ref at_allocated;
8780 dw_attr_ref at_artificial;
8781 dw_attr_ref at_associated;
8782 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale;
8783 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset;
8784 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size;
8785 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride;
8786 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size;
8787 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride;
8788 dw_attr_ref at_const_value;
8789 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type;
8790 dw_attr_ref at_count;
8791 dw_attr_ref at_data_location;
8792 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location;
8793 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale;
8794 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign;
8795 dw_attr_ref at_default_value;
8796 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count;
8797 dw_attr_ref at_discr;
8798 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list;
8799 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value;
8800 dw_attr_ref at_encoding;
8801 dw_attr_ref at_endianity;
8802 dw_attr_ref at_explicit;
8803 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional;
8804 dw_attr_ref at_location;
8805 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound;
8806 dw_attr_ref at_mutable;
8807 dw_attr_ref at_ordering;
8808 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string;
8809 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped;
8810 dw_attr_ref at_small;
8811 dw_attr_ref at_segment;
8812 dw_attr_ref at_string_length;
8813 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled;
8814 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound;
8815 dw_attr_ref at_use_location;
8816 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8;
8817 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter;
8818 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality;
8819 dw_attr_ref at_visibility;
8820 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location;
8823 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
8826 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *attrs, dw_die_ref die)
8831 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8842 attrs->at_friend = a;
8844 case DW_AT_accessibility:
8845 attrs->at_accessibility = a;
8847 case DW_AT_address_class:
8848 attrs->at_address_class = a;
8850 case DW_AT_allocated:
8851 attrs->at_allocated = a;
8853 case DW_AT_artificial:
8854 attrs->at_artificial = a;
8856 case DW_AT_associated:
8857 attrs->at_associated = a;
8859 case DW_AT_binary_scale:
8860 attrs->at_binary_scale = a;
8862 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
8863 attrs->at_bit_offset = a;
8865 case DW_AT_bit_size:
8866 attrs->at_bit_size = a;
8868 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
8869 attrs->at_bit_stride = a;
8871 case DW_AT_byte_size:
8872 attrs->at_byte_size = a;
8874 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
8875 attrs->at_byte_stride = a;
8877 case DW_AT_const_value:
8878 attrs->at_const_value = a;
8880 case DW_AT_containing_type:
8881 attrs->at_containing_type = a;
8884 attrs->at_count = a;
8886 case DW_AT_data_location:
8887 attrs->at_data_location = a;
8889 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
8890 attrs->at_data_member_location = a;
8892 case DW_AT_decimal_scale:
8893 attrs->at_decimal_scale = a;
8895 case DW_AT_decimal_sign:
8896 attrs->at_decimal_sign = a;
8898 case DW_AT_default_value:
8899 attrs->at_default_value = a;
8901 case DW_AT_digit_count:
8902 attrs->at_digit_count = a;
8905 attrs->at_discr = a;
8907 case DW_AT_discr_list:
8908 attrs->at_discr_list = a;
8910 case DW_AT_discr_value:
8911 attrs->at_discr_value = a;
8913 case DW_AT_encoding:
8914 attrs->at_encoding = a;
8916 case DW_AT_endianity:
8917 attrs->at_endianity = a;
8919 case DW_AT_explicit:
8920 attrs->at_explicit = a;
8922 case DW_AT_is_optional:
8923 attrs->at_is_optional = a;
8925 case DW_AT_location:
8926 attrs->at_location = a;
8928 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
8929 attrs->at_lower_bound = a;
8932 attrs->at_mutable = a;
8934 case DW_AT_ordering:
8935 attrs->at_ordering = a;
8937 case DW_AT_picture_string:
8938 attrs->at_picture_string = a;
8940 case DW_AT_prototyped:
8941 attrs->at_prototyped = a;
8944 attrs->at_small = a;
8947 attrs->at_segment = a;
8949 case DW_AT_string_length:
8950 attrs->at_string_length = a;
8952 case DW_AT_threads_scaled:
8953 attrs->at_threads_scaled = a;
8955 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
8956 attrs->at_upper_bound = a;
8958 case DW_AT_use_location:
8959 attrs->at_use_location = a;
8961 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
8962 attrs->at_use_UTF8 = a;
8964 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
8965 attrs->at_variable_parameter = a;
8967 case DW_AT_virtuality:
8968 attrs->at_virtuality = a;
8970 case DW_AT_visibility:
8971 attrs->at_visibility = a;
8973 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
8974 attrs->at_vtable_elem_location = a;
8982 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
8985 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8989 struct checksum_attributes attrs;
8991 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
8992 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die->die_tag);
8994 memset (&attrs, 0, sizeof (attrs));
8996 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8998 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, decl);
8999 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, die);
9001 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_name);
9002 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_accessibility);
9003 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_address_class);
9004 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_allocated);
9005 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_artificial);
9006 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_associated);
9007 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_binary_scale);
9008 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_offset);
9009 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_size);
9010 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_stride);
9011 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_size);
9012 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_stride);
9013 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_const_value);
9014 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_containing_type);
9015 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_count);
9016 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_location);
9017 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_member_location);
9018 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_scale);
9019 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_sign);
9020 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_default_value);
9021 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_digit_count);
9022 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr);
9023 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_list);
9024 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_value);
9025 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_encoding);
9026 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_endianity);
9027 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_explicit);
9028 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_is_optional);
9029 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_location);
9030 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_lower_bound);
9031 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_mutable);
9032 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_ordering);
9033 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_picture_string);
9034 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_prototyped);
9035 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_small);
9036 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_segment);
9037 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_string_length);
9038 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_threads_scaled);
9039 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_upper_bound);
9040 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_location);
9041 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_UTF8);
9042 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_variable_parameter);
9043 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_virtuality);
9044 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_visibility);
9045 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_vtable_elem_location);
9046 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_type);
9047 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_friend);
9049 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
9052 dw_attr_ref name_attr;
9055 name_attr = get_AT (c, DW_AT_name);
9056 if ((is_type_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
9057 && name_attr != NULL)
9059 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
9060 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c->die_tag);
9061 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
9065 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
9066 if (c->die_mark == 0)
9068 die_checksum_ordered (c, ctx, mark);
9070 } while (c != die->die_child);
9072 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
9076 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
9077 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
9078 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
9079 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
9081 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
9082 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
9083 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
9084 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
9085 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
9086 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
9087 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
9090 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die, comdat_type_node *type_node)
9094 unsigned char checksum[16];
9098 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
9099 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9101 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
9102 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
9103 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
9105 if (is_cxx() && name != NULL)
9107 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
9109 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
9110 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
9111 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
9113 md5_process_bytes (&die->die_tag, sizeof (die->die_tag), &ctx);
9114 md5_process_bytes (name, strlen (name) + 1, &ctx);
9115 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
9117 add_AT_data8 (type_node->root_die, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, &checksum[8]);
9120 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
9122 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
9124 die->die_mark = mark;
9126 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
9127 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
9128 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
9130 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
9131 die_checksum_ordered (die, &ctx, &mark);
9132 unmark_all_dies (die);
9133 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
9135 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
9136 type node together. */
9137 memcpy (type_node->signature, &checksum[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE],
9138 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE);
9139 die->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
9140 type_node->type_die = die;
9142 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
9145 decl->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
9148 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
9150 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
9152 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
9153 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
9154 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
9157 /* Do the values look the same? */
9159 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
9161 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
9164 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
9167 switch (v1->val_class)
9169 case dw_val_class_const:
9170 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
9171 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
9172 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
9173 case dw_val_class_const_double:
9174 return v1->v.val_double.high == v2->v.val_double.high
9175 && v1->v.val_double.low == v2->v.val_double.low;
9176 case dw_val_class_vec:
9177 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
9178 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
9180 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
9181 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
9184 case dw_val_class_flag:
9185 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
9186 case dw_val_class_str:
9187 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
9189 case dw_val_class_addr:
9190 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
9191 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
9192 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
9194 return !rtx_equal_p (r1, r2);
9196 case dw_val_class_offset:
9197 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
9199 case dw_val_class_loc:
9200 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
9202 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
9203 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
9205 return !loc1 && !loc2;
9207 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
9208 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
9210 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
9211 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
9212 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
9213 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
9214 case dw_val_class_macptr:
9217 case dw_val_class_file:
9218 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
9220 case dw_val_class_data8:
9221 return !memcmp (v1->v.val_data8, v2->v.val_data8, 8);
9228 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
9231 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
9233 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
9236 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
9237 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
9238 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
9241 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
9244 /* Do the dies look the same? */
9247 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
9253 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
9255 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
9256 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
9258 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
9261 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
9262 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
9265 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++)
9266 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
9269 c1 = die1->die_child;
9270 c2 = die2->die_child;
9279 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
9283 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
9285 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
9295 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
9298 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
9301 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
9303 unmark_all_dies (die1);
9304 unmark_all_dies (die2);
9309 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
9311 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
9313 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
9314 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
9316 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
9317 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
9320 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
9322 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
9323 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
9324 char *name = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base) + 64);
9327 unsigned char checksum[16];
9330 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
9331 the name filename of the unit. */
9333 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
9335 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
9336 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
9337 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
9339 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
9340 clean_symbol_name (name);
9342 p = name + strlen (name);
9343 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
9345 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
9349 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
9350 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
9353 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
9356 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
9358 switch (die->die_tag)
9360 case DW_TAG_array_type:
9361 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9362 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9363 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9364 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9365 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9366 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
9367 case DW_TAG_string_type:
9368 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9369 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9370 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9371 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9372 case DW_TAG_set_type:
9373 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9374 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9375 case DW_TAG_const_type:
9376 case DW_TAG_file_type:
9377 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9378 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9379 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9386 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
9387 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
9388 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
9389 compilations (functions). */
9392 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
9394 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
9395 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
9396 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
9397 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9399 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
9402 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
9403 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
9404 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
9405 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
9406 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
9408 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
9410 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
9413 return is_type_die (c);
9416 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9417 compilation unit. */
9420 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
9422 return (is_type_die (c)
9423 || is_declaration_die (c)
9424 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9425 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_module);
9429 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
9433 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
9434 return xstrdup (buf);
9437 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9440 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
9444 if (is_symbol_die (die))
9446 if (comdat_symbol_id)
9448 char *p = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
9450 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
9451 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
9452 die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
9455 die->die_id.die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9458 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
9461 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9464 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
9465 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
9468 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9470 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
9472 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry =
9473 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of;
9475 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_id.die_symbol);
9479 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9481 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry1 =
9482 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of1;
9483 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9485 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_id.die_symbol, entry2->die_id.die_symbol);
9489 htab_cu_del (void *what)
9491 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next,
9492 *entry = (struct cu_hash_table_entry *) what;
9502 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9505 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
9507 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
9508 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
9510 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
9512 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9513 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9517 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
9519 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
9525 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
9529 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
9531 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
9532 entry->next = *slot;
9538 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9540 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
9542 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
9544 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9545 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9549 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
9552 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9553 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9554 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9557 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
9560 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9561 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
9562 htab_t cu_hash_table;
9566 dw_die_ref prev = c;
9568 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9569 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
9571 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
9573 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9574 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
9576 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
9577 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
9578 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
9579 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
9581 add_child_die (unit, c);
9583 if (c == die->die_child)
9586 } while (c != die->die_child);
9589 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9590 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9594 assign_symbol_names (die);
9595 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
9596 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
9602 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
9603 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9604 &comdat_symbol_number);
9605 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
9607 *pnode = node->next;
9610 pnode = &node->next;
9611 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9612 comdat_symbol_number);
9615 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
9618 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9621 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die)
9626 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9627 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_declaration)
9633 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9634 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9637 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die)
9639 switch (die->die_tag)
9641 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9642 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9643 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9644 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9645 /* Don't move declarations or inlined instances. */
9646 if (is_declaration_die (die) || get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin))
9649 case DW_TAG_array_type:
9650 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9651 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9652 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9653 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
9654 case DW_TAG_string_type:
9655 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9656 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9657 case DW_TAG_set_type:
9658 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9659 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9660 case DW_TAG_const_type:
9661 case DW_TAG_file_type:
9662 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9663 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9664 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9670 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9673 clone_die (dw_die_ref die)
9679 clone = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
9680 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9682 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9683 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9688 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9691 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die)
9694 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die);
9696 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_child_die (clone, clone_tree(c)));
9701 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9704 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die)
9711 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9712 if (is_declaration_die (die))
9713 return clone_die (die);
9715 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9716 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9718 return clone_die (decl);
9720 clone = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
9721 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9723 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9725 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9726 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9727 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9731 case DW_AT_artificial:
9732 case DW_AT_containing_type:
9733 case DW_AT_external:
9736 case DW_AT_virtuality:
9737 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
9738 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
9739 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9741 case DW_AT_byte_size:
9747 if (die->die_id.die_type_node)
9748 add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die);
9750 add_AT_flag (clone, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9754 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
9755 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
9756 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9757 attached to the specification. */
9760 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die)
9763 dw_die_ref new_decl;
9765 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9774 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9775 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
9776 decl->die_id.die_type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node;
9778 remove_AT (die, DW_AT_specification);
9780 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, decl->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9782 if (a->dw_attr != DW_AT_name
9783 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_declaration
9784 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_external)
9785 add_dwarf_attr (die, a);
9788 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl, c, add_child_die (die, clone_tree(c)));
9791 if (decl->die_parent != NULL
9792 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9793 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9795 new_decl = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, decl, NULL);
9796 if (new_decl != NULL)
9798 remove_AT (new_decl, DW_AT_signature);
9799 add_AT_specification (die, new_decl);
9804 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9805 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
9808 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *node)
9810 if (node->new_die != NULL)
9813 node->new_die = clone_as_declaration (node->old_die);
9815 if (node->parent != NULL)
9817 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node->parent);
9818 add_child_die (node->parent->new_die, node->new_die);
9822 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9823 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9824 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
9827 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *parent)
9829 skeleton_chain_node node;
9832 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9833 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9835 node.parent = parent;
9837 first = c = parent->old_die->die_child;
9841 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9844 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9846 node.new_die = NULL;
9847 if (is_declaration_die (c))
9849 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9850 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9851 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
9852 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (c);
9853 move_all_children (c, clone);
9855 replace_child (c, clone, prev);
9856 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent);
9857 add_child_die (parent->new_die, c);
9861 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9862 } while (next != NULL);
9865 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
9868 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die)
9870 skeleton_chain_node node;
9873 node.new_die = NULL;
9876 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9877 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
9878 if (die->die_parent != NULL && is_type_die (die->die_parent))
9879 node.new_die = clone_as_declaration (die);
9881 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9882 return node.new_die;
9885 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9886 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
9887 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
9888 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
9889 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
9890 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
9893 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
9895 dw_die_ref skeleton;
9897 skeleton = generate_skeleton (child);
9898 if (skeleton == NULL)
9899 remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
9902 skeleton->die_id.die_type_node = child->die_id.die_type_node;
9903 replace_child (child, skeleton, prev);
9909 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
9910 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
9913 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die)
9917 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9918 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9919 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9921 first = c = die->die_child;
9925 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9928 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9929 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c))
9931 dw_die_ref replacement;
9932 comdat_type_node_ref type_node;
9934 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
9935 add it to the list of comdat types. */
9936 unit = new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit, NULL, NULL);
9937 add_AT_unsigned (unit, DW_AT_language,
9938 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language));
9939 type_node = ggc_alloc_cleared_comdat_type_node ();
9940 type_node->root_die = unit;
9941 type_node->next = comdat_type_list;
9942 comdat_type_list = type_node;
9944 /* Generate the type signature. */
9945 generate_type_signature (c, type_node);
9947 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
9948 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
9949 copy_declaration_context (unit, c);
9951 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
9952 replacement = remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c, prev);
9954 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
9955 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9957 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
9958 add_child_die (unit, c);
9960 if (replacement != NULL)
9963 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9964 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
9965 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
9966 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)
9968 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
9969 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9971 } while (next != NULL);
9974 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
9976 struct decl_table_entry
9982 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
9985 htab_decl_hash (const void *of)
9987 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry =
9988 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of;
9990 return htab_hash_pointer (entry->orig);
9994 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9996 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry1 =
9997 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of1;
9998 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
10000 return entry1->orig == entry2;
10004 htab_decl_del (void *what)
10006 struct decl_table_entry *entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) what;
10011 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
10012 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
10013 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
10014 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
10017 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
10019 dw_die_ref parent = die->die_parent;
10020 dw_die_ref new_parent = unit;
10022 void **slot = NULL;
10023 struct decl_table_entry *entry = NULL;
10027 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
10028 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die,
10029 htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT);
10030 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
10032 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
10033 return entry->copy;
10036 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
10037 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
10039 entry->copy = NULL;
10043 if (parent != NULL)
10045 dw_die_ref spec = get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification);
10048 if (parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
10049 && parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
10050 new_parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, parent, decl_table);
10053 copy = clone_as_declaration (die);
10054 add_child_die (new_parent, copy);
10056 if (decl_table != NULL)
10058 /* Make sure the copy is marked as part of the type unit. */
10059 copy->die_mark = 1;
10060 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
10061 entry->copy = copy;
10067 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
10068 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
10072 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
10078 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10080 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
10082 dw_die_ref targ = AT_ref (a);
10083 comdat_type_node_ref type_node = targ->die_id.die_type_node;
10085 struct decl_table_entry *entry;
10087 if (targ->die_mark != 0 || type_node != NULL)
10090 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, targ,
10091 htab_hash_pointer (targ), INSERT);
10093 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
10095 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
10096 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
10097 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
10098 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = entry->copy;
10102 dw_die_ref parent = unit;
10103 dw_die_ref copy = clone_tree (targ);
10105 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
10109 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
10110 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
10111 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
10112 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
10113 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
10114 entry->orig = targ;
10115 entry->copy = copy;
10118 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
10119 into the new type unit. */
10120 if (targ->die_parent != NULL
10121 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
10122 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
10123 parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, targ->die_parent,
10126 add_child_die (parent, copy);
10127 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = copy;
10129 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
10130 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
10131 get visited otherwise. */
10132 if (parent != unit)
10133 copy_decls_walk (unit, parent, decl_table);
10138 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, copy_decls_walk (unit, c, decl_table));
10141 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
10142 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
10143 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
10144 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
10145 don't have an external reference. */
10148 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit)
10153 decl_table = htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash, htab_decl_eq, htab_decl_del);
10154 copy_decls_walk (unit, unit, decl_table);
10155 htab_delete (decl_table);
10156 unmark_dies (unit);
10159 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
10160 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
10161 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
10164 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
10168 if (! die->die_child)
10171 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
10172 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
10174 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
10177 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
10180 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
10186 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10187 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
10188 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
10190 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
10193 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
10194 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
10195 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
10196 die are visited recursively. */
10199 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
10201 unsigned long abbrev_id;
10202 unsigned int n_alloc;
10207 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
10208 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
10209 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10210 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
10211 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
10213 gcc_assert (dwarf_version >= 4 || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
10214 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
10217 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
10219 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
10220 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
10224 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
10226 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
10229 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
10230 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
10233 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++)
10235 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
10236 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
10237 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
10247 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
10249 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
10251 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
10252 abbrev_die_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, abbrev_die_table,
10255 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
10256 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
10257 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
10260 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
10261 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
10264 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
10265 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
10268 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
10271 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
10278 log = floor_log2 (value);
10281 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
10286 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
10287 .debug_info section. */
10289 static unsigned long
10290 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
10292 unsigned long size = 0;
10296 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
10297 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10299 switch (AT_class (a))
10301 case dw_val_class_addr:
10302 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10304 case dw_val_class_offset:
10305 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10307 case dw_val_class_loc:
10309 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
10311 /* Block length. */
10312 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10313 size += size_of_uleb128 (lsize);
10315 size += constant_size (lsize);
10319 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10320 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10322 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10323 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10325 case dw_val_class_const:
10326 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
10328 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10329 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
10331 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10332 size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
10333 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
10334 size++; /* block */
10336 case dw_val_class_vec:
10337 size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10338 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size)
10339 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10340 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; /* block */
10342 case dw_val_class_flag:
10343 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10344 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10345 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10346 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10347 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10348 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10349 the same abbrev entry. */
10350 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
10354 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10355 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10357 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
10358 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
10359 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
10360 it's always sized as an offset. */
10361 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10362 size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE;
10363 else if (dwarf_version == 2)
10364 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10366 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10369 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10371 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10372 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10374 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10375 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10377 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10378 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10379 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10381 case dw_val_class_str:
10382 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
10383 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10385 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
10387 case dw_val_class_file:
10388 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
10390 case dw_val_class_data8:
10393 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
10394 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10397 gcc_unreachable ();
10404 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
10405 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
10406 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
10407 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10410 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
10414 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
10415 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
10417 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
10419 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10420 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10421 next_die_offset += 1;
10424 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10425 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10426 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10427 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10430 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10434 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
10437 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
10440 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10443 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10447 if (dwarf_version < 4)
10448 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10451 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
10454 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10457 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10463 if (!die->die_mark)
10467 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
10469 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10470 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
10471 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
10474 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10475 generated for the compilation unit. */
10477 static unsigned long
10478 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10480 unsigned long size;
10484 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
10485 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, p); i++)
10486 if (names != pubtype_table
10487 || p->die->die_offset != 0
10488 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10489 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
10491 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10495 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10497 static unsigned long
10498 size_of_aranges (void)
10500 unsigned long size;
10502 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
10504 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10505 if (text_section_used)
10506 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10507 if (cold_text_section_used)
10508 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10509 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
10511 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10512 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10516 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10518 static enum dwarf_form
10519 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10521 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
10523 case dw_val_class_addr:
10524 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10525 switch (a->dw_attr)
10528 case DW_AT_high_pc:
10529 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
10530 case DW_AT_trampoline:
10531 return DW_FORM_addr;
10535 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10538 return DW_FORM_data1;
10540 return DW_FORM_data2;
10542 return DW_FORM_data4;
10544 return DW_FORM_data8;
10546 gcc_unreachable ();
10548 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10549 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10550 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10551 return DW_FORM_sec_offset;
10553 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
10554 case dw_val_class_offset:
10555 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
10558 return DW_FORM_data4;
10560 return DW_FORM_data8;
10562 gcc_unreachable ();
10564 case dw_val_class_loc:
10565 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10566 return DW_FORM_exprloc;
10567 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
10570 return DW_FORM_block1;
10572 return DW_FORM_block2;
10574 gcc_unreachable ();
10576 case dw_val_class_const:
10577 return DW_FORM_sdata;
10578 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10579 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
10582 return DW_FORM_data1;
10584 return DW_FORM_data2;
10586 return DW_FORM_data4;
10588 return DW_FORM_data8;
10590 gcc_unreachable ();
10592 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10593 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10596 return DW_FORM_data2;
10598 return DW_FORM_data4;
10600 return DW_FORM_data8;
10603 return DW_FORM_block1;
10605 case dw_val_class_vec:
10606 switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10607 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size))
10610 return DW_FORM_block1;
10612 return DW_FORM_block2;
10614 return DW_FORM_block4;
10616 gcc_unreachable ();
10618 case dw_val_class_flag:
10619 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10621 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10622 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10623 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10624 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10625 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10626 the same abbrev entry. */
10627 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
10628 return DW_FORM_flag_present;
10630 return DW_FORM_flag;
10631 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10632 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10633 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr;
10635 return DW_FORM_ref;
10636 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10637 return DW_FORM_data;
10638 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10639 return DW_FORM_addr;
10640 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10641 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10642 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset : DW_FORM_data;
10643 case dw_val_class_str:
10644 return AT_string_form (a);
10645 case dw_val_class_file:
10646 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
10649 return DW_FORM_data1;
10651 return DW_FORM_data2;
10653 return DW_FORM_data4;
10655 gcc_unreachable ();
10658 case dw_val_class_data8:
10659 return DW_FORM_data8;
10662 gcc_unreachable ();
10666 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10669 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10671 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
10673 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
10676 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10680 output_abbrev_section (void)
10682 unsigned long abbrev_id;
10684 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
10686 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
10688 dw_attr_ref a_attr;
10690 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
10691 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
10692 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
10694 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
10695 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
10697 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
10699 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
10702 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
10703 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
10704 output_value_format (a_attr);
10707 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10708 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10711 /* Terminate the table. */
10712 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10715 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10718 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
10720 char *sym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10725 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
10726 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10727 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10729 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
10731 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
10734 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10737 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10738 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
10739 const char *section)
10741 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_list_node ();
10743 retlist->begin = begin;
10744 retlist->end = end;
10745 retlist->expr = expr;
10746 retlist->section = section;
10751 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10752 hasn't got one yet. */
10755 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list)
10757 gcc_assert (!list->ll_symbol);
10758 list->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10761 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10764 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
10766 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
10768 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
10770 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10771 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
10773 unsigned long size;
10774 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10775 if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0)
10777 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
10779 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
10780 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10781 list_head->ll_symbol);
10782 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
10783 "Location list end address (%s)",
10784 list_head->ll_symbol);
10788 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
10789 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10790 list_head->ll_symbol);
10791 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
10792 "Location list end address (%s)",
10793 list_head->ll_symbol);
10795 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
10797 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10798 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
10799 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
10801 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
10804 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10805 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10806 list_head->ll_symbol);
10807 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10808 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10809 list_head->ll_symbol);
10812 /* Output a type signature. */
10815 output_signature (const char *sig, const char *name)
10819 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10820 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10823 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10824 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10827 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
10831 unsigned long size;
10834 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10835 them to point to. */
10836 if (dwarf_version < 4 && die->die_id.die_symbol)
10837 output_die_symbol (die);
10839 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
10840 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
10841 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
10843 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10845 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
10847 switch (AT_class (a))
10849 case dw_val_class_addr:
10850 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
10853 case dw_val_class_offset:
10854 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
10858 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10860 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
10862 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
10863 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
10864 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
10865 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
10870 case dw_val_class_loc:
10871 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
10873 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10874 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10875 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "%s", name);
10877 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
10879 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
10882 case dw_val_class_const:
10883 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10884 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10885 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10886 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
10889 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10890 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
10891 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
10894 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10896 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
10898 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
10899 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10900 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10901 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10904 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
10906 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10907 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10911 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10912 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10915 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10917 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10922 case dw_val_class_vec:
10924 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
10925 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
10929 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len * elt_size),
10930 len * elt_size, "%s", name);
10931 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
10936 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
10938 i++, p += elt_size)
10939 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
10940 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
10944 case dw_val_class_flag:
10945 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10947 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10948 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10949 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10950 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10951 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10952 the same abbrev entry. */
10953 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a) == 1);
10954 if (flag_debug_asm)
10955 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
10956 ASM_COMMENT_START, name);
10959 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
10962 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10964 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
10967 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
10972 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10973 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10975 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10977 comdat_type_node_ref type_node =
10978 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node;
10980 gcc_assert (type_node);
10981 output_signature (type_node->signature, name);
10985 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol;
10989 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10990 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10992 if (dwarf_version == 2)
10993 size = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10995 size = DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10996 dw2_asm_output_offset (size, sym, debug_info_section, "%s",
11002 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
11003 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
11008 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
11012 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
11013 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
11014 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
11019 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
11020 dw2_asm_output_vms_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
11021 AT_vms_delta2 (a), AT_vms_delta1 (a),
11025 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
11026 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
11029 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
11030 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
11031 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
11034 case dw_val_class_macptr:
11035 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
11036 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
11039 case dw_val_class_str:
11040 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
11041 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
11042 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
11044 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
11046 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
11049 case dw_val_class_file:
11051 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
11053 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
11054 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
11058 case dw_val_class_data8:
11062 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
11063 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i],
11064 i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
11069 gcc_unreachable ();
11073 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
11075 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
11076 if (die->die_child != NULL)
11077 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
11078 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
11081 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
11082 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
11085 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
11087 int ver = dwarf_version;
11089 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11090 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11091 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11092 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
11093 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
11094 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
11095 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number");
11096 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
11097 debug_abbrev_section,
11098 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
11099 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11102 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
11105 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
11107 const char *secname;
11108 char *oldsym, *tmp;
11110 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
11111 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
11114 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
11115 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
11116 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
11117 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
11118 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11121 build_abbrev_table (die);
11123 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11124 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
11125 calc_die_sizes (die);
11127 oldsym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
11130 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym) + 24);
11132 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
11134 die->die_id.die_symbol = NULL;
11135 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
11138 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
11140 /* Output debugging information. */
11141 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11144 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
11145 output_pubnames. */
11149 die->die_id.die_symbol = oldsym;
11153 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
11156 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *node)
11158 const char *secname;
11161 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11165 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11166 mark_dies (node->root_die);
11168 build_abbrev_table (node->root_die);
11170 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11171 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
11172 calc_die_sizes (node->root_die);
11174 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11175 secname = ".debug_types";
11176 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
11177 sprintf (tmp, "wt.");
11178 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
11179 sprintf (tmp + 3 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
11180 comdat_key = get_identifier (tmp);
11181 targetm.asm_out.named_section (secname,
11182 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_LINKONCE,
11185 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
11186 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
11187 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
11188 sprintf (tmp + 17 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
11190 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
11193 /* Output debugging information. */
11194 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11195 output_signature (node->signature, "Type Signature");
11196 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->type_die->die_offset,
11197 "Offset to Type DIE");
11198 output_die (node->root_die);
11200 unmark_dies (node->root_die);
11203 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
11205 static const char *
11206 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
11208 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
11211 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
11214 add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die)
11219 e.name = xstrdup (str);
11220 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
11224 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
11226 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11228 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
11230 add_pubname_string (name, die);
11234 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
11237 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
11242 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
11243 || die->die_parent == comp_unit_die)
11244 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
11249 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
11251 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
11252 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
11253 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
11254 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
11255 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
11257 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
11262 e.name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
11264 e.name = xstrdup (e.name);
11267 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
11268 it to the table. */
11269 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
11270 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
11274 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
11275 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
11278 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
11281 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
11284 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11285 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11286 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11287 if (names == pubname_table)
11288 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
11289 "Length of Public Names Info");
11291 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
11292 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
11293 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11294 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11295 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11296 debug_info_section,
11297 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11298 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
11299 "Compilation Unit Length");
11301 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, pub); i++)
11303 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11304 if (names == pubname_table)
11305 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
11307 if (names != pubtype_table
11308 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
11309 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
11311 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
11314 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
11318 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11321 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
11324 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
11326 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
11329 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
11331 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11332 arange_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, arange_table,
11333 arange_table_allocated);
11334 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
11335 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
11338 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
11341 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
11342 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
11343 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
11346 output_aranges (void)
11349 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
11351 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11352 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11353 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11354 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
11355 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
11356 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11357 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11358 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11359 debug_info_section,
11360 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11361 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
11362 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
11364 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
11365 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
11367 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
11369 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
11370 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11371 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
11372 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
11375 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
11376 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
11377 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
11378 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
11379 confused with the terminator. */
11380 if (text_section_used)
11382 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
11383 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
11384 text_section_label, "Length");
11386 if (cold_text_section_used)
11388 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
11390 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
11391 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
11394 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
11396 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
11398 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11399 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
11401 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
11403 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
11405 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
11406 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
11410 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
11411 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
11412 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
11413 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
11414 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
11416 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
11419 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
11421 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11422 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
11423 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11424 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
11429 /* Output the terminator words. */
11430 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11431 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11434 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
11437 static unsigned int
11438 add_ranges_num (int num)
11440 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
11442 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
11444 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11445 ranges_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct, ranges_table,
11446 ranges_table_allocated);
11447 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
11448 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
11451 ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
11452 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
11454 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11457 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11458 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11460 static unsigned int
11461 add_ranges (const_tree block)
11463 return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
11466 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11470 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die, const char *begin, const char *end,
11473 unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
11474 unsigned int offset;
11476 if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
11478 ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11479 ranges_by_label = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct,
11481 ranges_by_label_allocated);
11482 memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
11483 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11484 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
11487 ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
11488 ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
11489 ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
11491 offset = add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
11494 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, offset);
11500 output_ranges (void)
11503 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset %#x";
11504 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
11506 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
11508 int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
11512 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11513 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11515 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
11516 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
11518 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11519 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11520 base of the text section. */
11521 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11523 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11524 text_section_label,
11525 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11526 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
11527 text_section_label, NULL);
11530 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11531 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11532 about whether the target supports cross-section
11536 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11537 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11538 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
11544 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11545 else if (block_num < 0)
11547 int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
11549 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11551 gcc_unreachable ();
11553 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11554 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11555 the #if 0 above. */
11556 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11557 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11558 text_section_label,
11559 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11560 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11561 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11562 text_section_label, NULL);
11567 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11568 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11569 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11570 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11571 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11577 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11578 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11584 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11587 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
11588 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
11589 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
11590 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
11591 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
11594 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11598 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
11599 int length; /* Path length. */
11600 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11601 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11602 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11605 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11606 the directories in the path. */
11609 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
11611 const struct file_info *const s1 = (const struct file_info *) p1;
11612 const struct file_info *const s2 = (const struct file_info *) p2;
11613 const unsigned char *cp1;
11614 const unsigned char *cp2;
11616 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11617 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11618 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11619 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11620 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11621 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
11622 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
11624 cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path;
11625 cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path;
11631 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11632 if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)
11633 || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname))
11634 return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)
11635 - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname));
11637 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11638 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
11639 return *cp1 - *cp2;
11643 struct file_name_acquire_data
11645 struct file_info *files;
11650 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11653 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
11655 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = (struct file_name_acquire_data *) data;
11656 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
11657 struct file_info *fi;
11660 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
11662 if (! d->emitted_number)
11665 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
11667 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
11669 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11671 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
11674 /* Create a new array entry. */
11676 fi->length = strlen (f);
11679 /* Search for the file name part. */
11680 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
11681 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11683 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
11687 if (f == NULL || f < g)
11693 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
11697 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11698 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11699 slowdowns with many input files. */
11702 output_file_names (void)
11704 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
11706 struct file_info *files;
11707 struct dir_info *dirs;
11715 if (!last_emitted_file)
11717 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11718 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11722 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
11724 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
11725 files = XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info, numfiles);
11726 dirs = XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info, numfiles);
11728 fnad.files = files;
11729 fnad.used_files = 0;
11730 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
11731 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
11732 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
11734 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
11736 /* Find all the different directories used. */
11737 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
11738 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
11739 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
11741 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
11742 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
11745 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
11746 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
11747 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
11748 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
11750 /* Same directory as last entry. */
11751 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
11752 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
11758 /* This is a new directory. */
11759 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
11760 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
11761 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
11762 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
11763 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
11765 /* Search for a prefix. */
11766 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
11767 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
11768 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
11769 && dirs[j].length > 1
11770 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
11771 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
11772 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
11773 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
11778 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
11779 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11780 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
11781 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11782 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11783 results in most cases and never is much off. */
11784 saved = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11785 savehere = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11787 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
11788 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
11793 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
11794 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
11795 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
11796 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
11798 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
11801 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
11803 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11807 k = dirs[j].prefix;
11808 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
11809 k = dirs[k].prefix;
11813 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
11814 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11816 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
11817 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
11822 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11824 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
11826 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
11827 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
11828 if (savehere[j] > 0)
11830 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
11831 saved[j] = savehere[j];
11833 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
11834 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
11839 /* Emit the directory name table. */
11840 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
11841 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
11842 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path,
11844 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR,
11845 "Directory Entry: %#x", i + idx_offset);
11847 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11849 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11850 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
11851 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
11852 backmap = XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles);
11853 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11854 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
11856 /* Now write all the file names. */
11857 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11859 int file_idx = backmap[i];
11860 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
11862 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11863 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11865 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11866 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
11871 int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path)
11872 + dirs[dir_idx].length
11873 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1;
11874 char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen);
11876 vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver);
11877 snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d",
11878 files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver);
11880 dw2_asm_output_nstring
11881 (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11883 /* Include directory index. */
11884 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11886 /* Modification time. */
11887 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11888 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
11892 /* File length in bytes. */
11893 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11894 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0)
11898 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
11899 "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11901 /* Include directory index. */
11902 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11904 /* Modification time. */
11905 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11907 /* File length in bytes. */
11908 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11912 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11916 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
11917 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
11920 output_line_info (void)
11922 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
11923 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11924 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11926 unsigned n_op_args;
11927 unsigned long lt_index;
11928 unsigned long current_line;
11931 unsigned long current_file;
11932 unsigned long function;
11933 int ver = dwarf_version;
11935 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
11936 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
11937 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
11938 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
11940 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11941 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11942 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11943 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
11944 "Length of Source Line Info");
11945 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
11947 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version");
11948 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
11949 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
11951 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
11952 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
11953 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
11954 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
11955 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
11956 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
11957 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
11958 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
11959 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
11960 "Minimum Instruction Length");
11963 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN,
11964 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
11965 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
11966 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
11967 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
11968 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
11969 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
11970 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
11971 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
11972 "Special Opcode Base");
11974 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
11978 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
11979 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
11980 case DW_LNS_set_file:
11981 case DW_LNS_set_column:
11982 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
11990 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
11994 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
11995 output_file_names ();
11996 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
11998 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
11999 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
12000 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
12002 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
12003 a series of state machine operations. */
12007 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
12008 strcpy (prev_line_label, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
12010 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
12011 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
12013 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
12016 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
12017 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
12020 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
12021 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
12022 that anything after the last address is this line. */
12023 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
12024 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
12028 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
12030 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
12031 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
12032 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
12033 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
12034 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
12035 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
12037 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
12040 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
12041 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
12042 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12043 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
12047 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
12048 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
12049 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12050 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
12051 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
12052 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
12055 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
12057 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
12058 different from the previous line. */
12059 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
12061 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
12062 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
12063 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
12066 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
12067 that uses the least amount of space. */
12068 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
12070 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
12071 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
12072 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
12073 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
12074 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
12075 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
12077 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
12078 "line %lu", current_line);
12081 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
12082 depending on the value being encoded. */
12083 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
12084 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
12085 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
12086 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
12090 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
12091 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
12094 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
12097 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
12098 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12099 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
12103 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12104 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
12105 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
12106 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
12109 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
12110 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
12111 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
12116 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
12118 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
12119 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
12122 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
12123 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
12124 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
12125 && line_info->function == function)
12129 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
12130 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
12131 to handle it differently. */
12132 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
12134 if (function != line_info->function)
12136 function = line_info->function;
12138 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
12139 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12140 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
12141 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
12142 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
12146 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
12149 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
12150 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12151 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
12155 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12156 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
12157 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
12158 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
12162 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
12164 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
12165 different from the previous line. */
12166 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
12168 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
12169 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
12170 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
12173 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
12174 that uses the least amount of space. */
12175 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
12177 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
12178 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
12179 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
12180 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
12181 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
12182 "line %lu", current_line);
12185 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
12186 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
12187 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
12188 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
12192 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
12200 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
12201 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
12202 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
12207 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
12208 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
12211 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
12212 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12213 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
12217 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12218 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
12219 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
12220 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
12223 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
12224 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
12225 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
12226 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
12230 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
12231 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
12234 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
12236 static unsigned long
12237 size_of_dcall_table (void)
12239 unsigned long size;
12242 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
12244 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
12245 size = 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
12247 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
12248 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
12250 gcc_assert (p->targ_die != NULL);
12251 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
12252 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
12254 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
12255 gcc_assert (poc_die);
12256 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
12258 size += (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
12259 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset));
12261 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset);
12267 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
12268 identical function have been merged. */
12271 output_dcall_table (void)
12274 unsigned long dcall_length = size_of_dcall_table ();
12276 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12277 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
12279 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
12280 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12281 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12282 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, dcall_length,
12283 "Length of Direct Call Table");
12284 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
12285 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
12286 debug_info_section,
12287 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
12288 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
12290 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
12292 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
12293 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
12295 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
12296 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
12299 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, "New caller");
12300 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset,
12301 "Caller DIE offset");
12304 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
12305 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
12306 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset,
12307 "Callee DIE offset");
12311 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
12313 static unsigned long
12314 size_of_vcall_table (void)
12316 unsigned long size;
12320 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
12323 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
12324 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
12325 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot);
12330 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
12331 identical function have been merged. */
12334 output_vcall_table (void)
12337 unsigned long vcall_length = size_of_vcall_table ();
12339 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12341 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
12342 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12343 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12344 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, vcall_length,
12345 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
12346 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
12347 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
12349 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
12351 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
12352 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
12353 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot, "Vtable slot");
12357 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
12358 a DIE that describes the given type.
12360 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
12361 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
12364 base_type_die (tree type)
12366 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
12367 enum dwarf_type encoding;
12369 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
12372 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
12373 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
12374 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE)
12375 type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12377 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12380 if ((dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
12381 && TYPE_NAME (type)
12382 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
12383 && DECL_IS_BUILTIN (TYPE_NAME (type))
12384 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
12386 const char *name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)));
12387 if (strcmp (name, "char16_t") == 0
12388 || strcmp (name, "char32_t") == 0)
12390 encoding = DW_ATE_UTF;
12394 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
12396 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12397 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
12399 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
12401 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12402 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
12404 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
12408 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
12410 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
12411 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
12413 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12416 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
12419 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12420 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
12421 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12422 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12423 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
12425 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
12428 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
12429 a user defined type for it. */
12431 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
12432 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
12434 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12438 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12439 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
12443 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12444 gcc_unreachable ();
12447 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12449 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
12450 int_size_in_bytes (type));
12451 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
12453 return base_type_result;
12456 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12457 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12460 is_base_type (tree type)
12462 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12468 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12476 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12477 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12478 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12481 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12488 gcc_unreachable ();
12494 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12495 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12496 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12497 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12498 ERROR_MARK node. */
12500 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12501 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
12503 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
12504 return BITS_PER_WORD;
12505 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
12507 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
12508 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
12510 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
12513 /* Similarly, but return a double_int instead of UHWI. */
12515 static inline double_int
12516 double_int_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
12518 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
12519 return uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_WORD);
12520 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
12521 return double_int_zero;
12522 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) == INTEGER_CST)
12523 return tree_to_double_int (TYPE_SIZE (type));
12525 return uhwi_to_double_int (TYPE_ALIGN (type));
12528 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12529 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12532 subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die)
12534 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
12535 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
12537 if (context_die == NULL)
12538 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12540 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
12542 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
12544 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12545 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12546 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
12550 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low);
12552 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high);
12554 return subrange_die;
12557 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12558 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12561 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
12562 dw_die_ref context_die)
12564 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
12565 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
12566 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
12567 tree item_type = NULL;
12568 tree qualified_type;
12569 tree name, low, high;
12571 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
12574 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12577 = get_qualified_type (type,
12578 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
12579 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
12581 if (qualified_type == sizetype
12582 && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
12583 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL)
12585 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
12586 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
12588 && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
12589 == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type)
12590 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
12591 == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type));
12593 qualified_type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type));
12596 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12597 if (qualified_type)
12599 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12601 return mod_type_die;
12604 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
12606 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12607 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name)
12608 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name))
12610 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
12612 if (qualified_type == dtype)
12614 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12615 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
12616 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12618 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12619 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12620 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12621 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12622 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
12623 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12624 type to which it refers. */
12625 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
12626 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
12628 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12633 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12634 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
12636 else if (is_volatile_type)
12638 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12639 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
12641 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
12643 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12644 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12645 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12646 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12647 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12648 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12649 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12651 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
12653 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
12654 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, comp_unit_die,
12657 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12658 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12659 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12660 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12661 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12662 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12663 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12665 else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE
12666 && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE
12667 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high))
12669 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die);
12670 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12672 else if (is_base_type (type))
12673 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
12676 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12678 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12679 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12680 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12681 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12682 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12684 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12685 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
12687 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12688 not the main variant. */
12689 return lookup_type_die (type);
12692 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12693 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12694 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12695 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12696 if the base type already has the same name. */
12698 && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
12699 && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)
12700 || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type)))
12701 || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL
12702 && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type
12703 && DECL_NAME (name))))
12705 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
12706 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12707 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12708 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12709 name = DECL_NAME (name);
12710 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
12712 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
12713 else if (mod_type_die && mod_type_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
12714 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, "__unknown__");
12716 if (qualified_type)
12717 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
12720 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12721 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12722 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12723 types are possible in Ada. */
12724 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
12725 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
12726 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
12729 if (sub_die != NULL)
12730 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
12732 return mod_type_die;
12735 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12736 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12737 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12740 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t)
12744 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
12746 if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t)))
12750 die = lookup_type_die (t);
12751 else if (DECL_P (t))
12752 die = lookup_decl_die (t);
12756 parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t);
12758 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12759 or function. End of story. */
12762 parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms);
12763 args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t);
12764 for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++)
12766 tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems;
12768 parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i);
12769 arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i);
12770 arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg);
12771 gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg);
12773 if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg)
12775 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12776 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12777 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12778 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12779 an argument pack. */
12780 if (arg_pack_elems)
12781 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm),
12785 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg,
12786 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die);
12791 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12792 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12793 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12794 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12795 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12797 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12798 as a child node. */
12801 generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg,
12803 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12805 dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL;
12806 const char *name = NULL;
12808 if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg)
12811 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12812 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12813 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12815 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12816 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12817 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm);
12818 else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL)
12819 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12820 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm);
12821 else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12822 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12823 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12824 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12825 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12826 name of the template template argument. */
12827 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param,
12830 gcc_unreachable ();
12836 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12837 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12838 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12839 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12843 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm));
12845 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name);
12848 if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12850 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12851 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12852 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12853 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12854 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
12855 tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg);
12856 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0,
12857 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type),
12862 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12863 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12864 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
12866 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12867 to the name of the argument. */
12868 name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1);
12870 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name);
12873 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12874 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
12875 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
12876 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
12878 We must be careful here:
12879 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
12880 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
12881 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
12882 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
12883 emitted after cgraph computations.
12884 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
12885 after cgraph is ready. */
12886 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg);
12892 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
12893 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
12894 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
12897 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
12898 tree parm_pack_args,
12899 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12904 gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack);
12906 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack);
12907 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack);
12908 for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++)
12909 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack,
12910 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j),
12911 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
12916 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
12917 an enumerated type. */
12920 type_is_enum (const_tree type)
12922 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
12925 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
12927 static unsigned int
12928 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
12930 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
12932 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
12934 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12935 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12937 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
12938 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12939 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12943 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
12946 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
12947 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
12948 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
12951 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
12953 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
12955 if (*list_head != NULL)
12957 /* Find the end of the chain. */
12958 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
12961 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
12962 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
12966 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
12967 zero if there is none. */
12969 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12970 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
12974 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12977 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
12979 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
12980 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
12982 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
12985 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
12986 a given hard register number. */
12988 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12989 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
12991 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
12995 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0);
12997 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
12999 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13000 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13002 return reg_loc_descr;
13005 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
13006 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
13008 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13009 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
13010 enum var_init_status initialized)
13012 int nregs, size, i;
13014 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
13017 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
13018 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
13020 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
13021 if (leaf_reg != -1)
13022 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
13025 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
13026 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
13028 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
13029 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
13031 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
13036 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
13038 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
13039 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13040 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
13041 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
13047 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
13049 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
13051 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
13054 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
13056 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
13058 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
13059 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13060 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
13061 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
13062 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
13065 if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13066 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13070 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13072 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
13074 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
13076 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13077 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
13079 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
13081 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
13082 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
13086 op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i);
13087 else if (i <= 0xff)
13088 op = DW_OP_const1u;
13089 else if (i <= 0xffff)
13090 op = DW_OP_const2u;
13091 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
13092 || i <= 0xffffffff)
13093 op = DW_OP_const4u;
13100 op = DW_OP_const1s;
13101 else if (i >= -0x8000)
13102 op = DW_OP_const2s;
13103 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
13104 || i >= -0x80000000)
13105 op = DW_OP_const4s;
13110 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
13114 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
13115 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
13116 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
13118 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13119 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i)
13122 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
13124 if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13131 else if (i <= 0xff)
13133 else if (i <= 0xffff)
13135 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
13136 || i <= 0xffffffff)
13139 litsize = 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
13145 else if (i >= -0x8000)
13147 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
13148 || i >= -0x80000000)
13151 litsize = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i);
13153 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
13154 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
13155 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
13156 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
13157 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
13158 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size)
13160 loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i);
13161 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
13162 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13166 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13168 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
13169 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i;
13173 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
13175 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13176 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
13177 enum var_init_status initialized)
13179 unsigned int regno;
13180 dw_loc_descr_ref result;
13181 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
13183 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13184 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13185 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13186 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
13187 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
13189 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
13193 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
13195 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
13196 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
13198 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
13199 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13200 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
13201 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
13202 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13203 : stack_pointer_rtx));
13205 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
13206 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
13207 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
13208 access stack variables. */
13209 if (crtl->stack_realign_tried
13210 && reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
13213 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
13214 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
13215 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
13216 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset);
13219 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
13220 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
13225 && (fde->drap_reg == REGNO (reg)
13226 || fde->vdrap_reg == REGNO (reg)))
13228 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
13229 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
13230 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
13231 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
13232 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
13233 else in other part of the routine. */
13234 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
13237 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
13239 result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno),
13242 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
13244 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13245 add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13250 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
13253 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
13255 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
13256 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13257 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
13258 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))));
13261 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
13264 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13265 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem)
13268 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
13270 if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || MEM_OFFSET (mem) == NULL_RTX)
13273 base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem));
13275 || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL
13276 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base))
13279 loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1);
13280 if (loc_result == NULL)
13283 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)))
13284 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)));
13289 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
13293 expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason)
13295 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
13297 fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
13299 print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags);
13302 fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
13303 print_rtl (dump_file, rtl);
13305 fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason);
13309 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
13310 or via for_each_rtx. */
13313 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13317 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSPEC)
13319 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
13320 we can't express it in the debug info. */
13321 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13322 inform (current_function_decl
13323 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl)
13324 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
13325 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
13328 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13329 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
13333 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF)
13336 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
13339 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
13340 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
13341 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
13344 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13345 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
13350 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
13353 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
13354 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
13355 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
13356 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
13357 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
13358 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl))
13360 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
13362 if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
13364 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13365 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
13373 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
13374 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
13375 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
13378 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl)
13380 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF)
13381 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0;
13383 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
13384 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0;
13389 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
13390 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
13391 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
13392 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
13394 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
13395 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
13396 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
13397 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
13399 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
13400 autoincrement addressing modes.
13402 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
13403 location list for RTL.
13405 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
13407 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13408 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
13409 enum var_init_status initialized)
13411 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
13412 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
13413 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
13415 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
13416 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
13417 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
13418 zeroth element of the array. */
13420 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
13422 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
13427 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13430 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13431 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13432 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13433 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13434 contains the given subreg. */
13435 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
13437 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
13438 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13440 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl)) != MODE_INT)
13442 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, initialized);
13446 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
13447 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
13448 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
13449 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
13450 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
13451 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
13452 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
13453 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
13454 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
13455 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
13456 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
13457 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
13458 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
13459 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13460 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13461 else if (stack_realign_drap
13463 && crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer == rtl
13464 && REGNO (crtl->drap_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13466 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
13467 out, use DRAP instead. */
13468 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (crtl->drap_reg, 0,
13469 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13475 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13476 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13481 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13482 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13483 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13484 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTEND)
13488 mem_loc_result = op0;
13489 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13490 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13491 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13492 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13497 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13498 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13499 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
13500 mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13501 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
13503 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13505 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13508 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13509 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
13511 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13512 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size,
13513 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)), 0));
13517 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13518 if (new_rtl != rtl)
13519 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13524 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13526 /* ... fall through ... */
13529 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13530 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13534 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
13535 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
13537 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13539 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13540 if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
13543 temp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13544 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13545 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13546 temp->dtprel = true;
13548 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
13549 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, temp);
13554 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13558 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13559 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13560 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13561 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13567 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13568 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13572 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13573 PLUS code below. */
13574 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13579 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13581 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
13582 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
13583 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
13584 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
13586 /* ... fall through ... */
13590 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
13591 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
13592 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
13593 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13596 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13597 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13598 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
13601 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13602 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13605 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13606 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13607 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13608 if (mem_loc_result2 == 0)
13610 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_result2);
13611 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13612 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
13617 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13618 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13660 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13661 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13662 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13663 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13665 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13668 mem_loc_result = op0;
13669 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13670 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13674 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13675 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13676 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13677 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13679 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13682 mem_loc_result = op0;
13683 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13684 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13685 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13686 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
13687 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13688 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
13704 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13705 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13710 mem_loc_result = op0;
13711 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13715 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
13743 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13744 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13748 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13750 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13751 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13752 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13755 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13756 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13757 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13758 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13760 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13763 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13764 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13766 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode);
13767 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13768 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13769 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
13770 if (op == DW_OP_eq || op == DW_OP_ne)
13772 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13774 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13775 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13778 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13779 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13781 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
13782 whether they are zero extended or not. */
13783 if (((last0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13784 && last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13785 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13786 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13787 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13788 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13789 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
13790 && ((last1->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13791 && last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13792 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13793 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13794 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
13795 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13796 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13797 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)))))
13800 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13801 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13802 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13803 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift);
13806 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13807 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13813 mem_loc_result = op0;
13814 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13815 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13816 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1)
13818 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13819 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE));
13820 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13841 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13842 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13846 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13848 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13849 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13850 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13853 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13854 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13855 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13856 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13858 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13861 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13862 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13864 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
13865 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13867 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13868 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13871 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13872 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13874 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13875 op0 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & mask);
13876 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13877 else if (last0->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13878 || last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13879 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13881 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13882 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13884 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13885 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask);
13886 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13887 else if (last1->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13888 || last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13889 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13891 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13892 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13897 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13898 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13899 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13900 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13901 op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias
13902 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13904 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
13914 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT
13915 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13916 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13919 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13920 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13921 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13922 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13924 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13927 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
13928 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13929 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13930 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX)
13932 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13934 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13935 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13936 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13937 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13938 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13942 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13943 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13944 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13945 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13948 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13950 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13951 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13952 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13953 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13954 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13955 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13956 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13959 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN)
13963 mem_loc_result = op0;
13964 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13965 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13967 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node;
13969 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
13970 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node);
13971 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13972 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
13973 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node);
13974 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
13975 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
13981 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13982 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13983 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13984 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13985 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)))
13986 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13987 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13990 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13991 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13994 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
13998 mem_loc_result = op0;
13999 size = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
14000 shift = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2));
14001 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
14002 shift = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
14004 if (shift + size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14006 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
14007 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14009 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
14011 if (size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14013 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
14014 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - size));
14015 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14025 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
14026 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
14053 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
14055 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
14058 case FRACT_CONVERT:
14059 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT:
14061 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT:
14073 case VEC_DUPLICATE:
14076 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
14077 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
14082 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
14086 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14087 print_rtl (stderr, rtl);
14088 gcc_unreachable ();
14094 if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
14095 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
14097 return mem_loc_result;
14100 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
14101 This is typically a complex variable. */
14103 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14104 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
14106 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
14107 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
14108 = loc_descriptor (x0, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14109 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
14110 = loc_descriptor (x1, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14112 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
14115 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
14116 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
14118 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
14119 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
14121 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
14122 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
14124 return cc_loc_result;
14127 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
14130 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14131 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
14134 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
14135 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
14137 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
14139 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
14140 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
14142 ref = loc_descriptor (x, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14146 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
14147 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
14150 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
14151 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
14153 return cc_loc_result;
14156 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
14157 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
14158 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
14159 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
14160 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
14162 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
14163 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
14164 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
14166 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
14168 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14169 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
14170 enum var_init_status initialized)
14172 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
14174 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
14177 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
14178 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
14179 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
14180 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
14181 contains the given subreg. */
14182 loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl), mode, initialized);
14186 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
14191 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
14195 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
14197 if (loc_result == NULL)
14198 loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
14199 if (loc_result == NULL)
14201 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
14202 if (new_rtl != rtl)
14203 loc_result = loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
14208 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
14213 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
14218 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl)) != PARALLEL)
14220 rtx loc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl);
14221 if (GET_CODE (loc) == EXPR_LIST)
14222 loc = XEXP (loc, 0);
14223 loc_result = loc_descriptor (loc, mode, initialized);
14227 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
14232 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
14233 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
14234 enum machine_mode mode;
14237 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
14238 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
14239 VOIDmode, initialized);
14240 if (loc_result == NULL)
14242 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
14243 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
14244 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
14246 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
14248 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
14249 VOIDmode, initialized);
14252 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
14253 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
14254 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
14260 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
14261 loc_result = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode),
14266 if (mode == VOIDmode)
14267 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14269 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14271 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
14273 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
14274 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
14275 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
14276 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
14277 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
14278 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
14279 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
14281 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
14282 unsigned char *array
14283 = (unsigned char*) ggc_alloc_atomic (length);
14285 insert_float (rtl, array);
14286 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
14287 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
14288 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
14289 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
14293 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
14294 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double
14295 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl);
14301 if (mode == VOIDmode)
14302 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14304 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14306 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
14307 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
14308 unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *)
14309 ggc_alloc_atomic (length * elt_size);
14313 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
14314 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
14316 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
14317 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
14319 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
14320 double_int val = rtx_to_double_int (elt);
14322 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
14323 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val), elt_size, p);
14326 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
14327 insert_double (val, p);
14332 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
14333 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
14335 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
14336 insert_float (elt, p);
14341 gcc_unreachable ();
14344 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
14345 length * elt_size, 0);
14346 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
14347 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length;
14348 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
14349 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
14354 if (mode == VOIDmode
14355 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_INT
14356 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
14357 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR)
14359 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
14364 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14367 if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14368 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14370 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
14371 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14372 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14373 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14374 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
14379 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode
14380 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14381 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14383 /* Value expression. */
14384 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized);
14386 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
14387 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14395 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
14396 address ranges where a given location is valid.
14397 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
14398 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
14399 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
14400 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
14402 static const char *
14403 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl)
14405 const char *secname;
14407 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
14409 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
14410 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
14412 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
14414 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
14415 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
14417 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
14418 secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
14420 secname = text_section_label;
14425 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
14428 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl)
14430 return ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL
14431 || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
14432 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl));
14435 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14438 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14439 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc, rtx varloc, int want_address,
14440 enum var_init_status initialized)
14442 int have_address = 0;
14443 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14444 enum machine_mode mode;
14446 if (want_address != 2)
14448 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION);
14450 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
14452 varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
14453 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
14454 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14455 mode = GET_MODE (varloc);
14456 if (MEM_P (varloc))
14458 rtx addr = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14459 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (addr, mode, initialized);
14464 rtx x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc);
14466 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, initialized);
14470 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
14477 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION)
14478 mode = DECL_MODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (varloc));
14480 mode = DECL_MODE (loc);
14481 descr = loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
14488 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14489 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14491 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14493 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14494 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14497 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14500 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14501 if (want_address && !have_address)
14503 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14504 "Want address and only have value");
14508 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14509 if (!want_address && have_address)
14511 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14512 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14514 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14516 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14517 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14520 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14523 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14525 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14531 /* Create a DW_OP_piece or DW_OP_bit_piece for bitsize, or return NULL
14532 if it is not possible. */
14534 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14535 new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
14537 if ((bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0 && offset == 0)
14538 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT, 0);
14539 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
14540 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bit_piece, bitsize, offset);
14545 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14546 for VAR_LOC_NOTE for variable DECL that has been optimized by SRA. */
14548 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14549 dw_sra_loc_expr (tree decl, rtx loc)
14552 unsigned int padsize = 0;
14553 dw_loc_descr_ref descr, *descr_tail;
14554 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT decl_size;
14556 enum var_init_status initialized;
14558 if (DECL_SIZE (decl) == NULL
14559 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
14562 decl_size = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1);
14564 descr_tail = &descr;
14566 for (p = loc; p; p = XEXP (p, 1))
14568 unsigned int bitsize = decl_piece_bitsize (p);
14569 rtx loc_note = *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (p);
14570 dw_loc_descr_ref cur_descr;
14571 dw_loc_descr_ref *tail, last = NULL;
14572 unsigned int opsize = 0;
14574 if (loc_note == NULL_RTX
14575 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note) == NULL_RTX)
14577 padsize += bitsize;
14580 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note);
14581 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_note);
14582 cur_descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, 2, initialized);
14583 if (cur_descr == NULL)
14585 padsize += bitsize;
14589 /* Check that cur_descr either doesn't use
14590 DW_OP_*piece operations, or their sum is equal
14591 to bitsize. Otherwise we can't embed it. */
14592 for (tail = &cur_descr; *tail != NULL;
14593 tail = &(*tail)->dw_loc_next)
14594 if ((*tail)->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_piece)
14596 opsize += (*tail)->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned
14600 else if ((*tail)->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bit_piece)
14602 opsize += (*tail)->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
14606 if (last != NULL && opsize != bitsize)
14608 padsize += bitsize;
14612 /* If there is a hole, add DW_OP_*piece after empty DWARF
14613 expression, which means that those bits are optimized out. */
14616 if (padsize > decl_size)
14618 decl_size -= padsize;
14619 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (padsize, 0);
14620 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
14622 descr_tail = &(*descr_tail)->dw_loc_next;
14625 *descr_tail = cur_descr;
14627 if (bitsize > decl_size)
14629 decl_size -= bitsize;
14632 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
14633 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION
14634 && GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
14636 varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
14637 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
14638 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14642 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == CONST
14643 || GET_CODE (varloc) == SIGN_EXTEND
14644 || GET_CODE (varloc) == ZERO_EXTEND)
14645 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14646 else if (GET_CODE (varloc) == SUBREG)
14647 varloc = SUBREG_REG (varloc);
14652 /* DW_OP_bit_size offset should be zero for register
14653 or implicit location descriptions and empty location
14654 descriptions, but for memory addresses needs big endian
14656 if (MEM_P (varloc))
14658 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT memsize
14659 = INTVAL (MEM_SIZE (varloc)) * BITS_PER_UNIT;
14660 if (memsize != bitsize)
14662 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN != WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
14663 && (memsize > BITS_PER_WORD || bitsize > BITS_PER_WORD))
14665 if (memsize < bitsize)
14667 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
14668 offset = memsize - bitsize;
14672 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (bitsize, offset);
14673 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
14675 descr_tail = &(*descr_tail)->dw_loc_next;
14679 /* If there were any non-empty expressions, add padding till the end of
14681 if (descr != NULL && decl_size != 0)
14683 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (decl_size, 0);
14684 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
14690 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14691 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14694 static dw_loc_list_ref
14695 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list *loc_list, tree decl, int want_address)
14697 const char *endname, *secname;
14699 enum var_init_status initialized;
14700 struct var_loc_node *node;
14701 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14702 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
14703 dw_loc_list_ref list = NULL;
14704 dw_loc_list_ref *listp = &list;
14706 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14707 actually construct the list of locations.
14708 The first location information is what is passed to the
14709 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14710 locations just get added on to that list.
14711 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14712 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14713 the range [current location start, next location start].
14714 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14715 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
14717 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
14719 for (node = loc_list->first; node; node = node->next)
14720 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST
14721 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->loc) != NULL_RTX)
14723 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
14725 /* This requires DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, which is not usable
14726 inside DWARF expressions. */
14727 if (want_address != 2)
14729 descr = dw_sra_loc_expr (decl, node->loc);
14735 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->loc);
14736 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->loc);
14737 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14741 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14742 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14744 endname = node->next->label;
14745 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14746 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
14747 else if (!current_function_decl)
14748 endname = text_end_label;
14751 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
14752 current_function_funcdef_no);
14753 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
14756 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, endname, secname);
14757 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14761 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14762 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14763 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
14764 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14765 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14767 if (list && loc_list->first->next)
14773 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14774 as location description. */
14777 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list)
14779 gcc_assert (!list->dw_loc_next || list->ll_symbol);
14780 return !list->ll_symbol;
14783 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14786 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list, dw_loc_descr_ref ref)
14788 dw_loc_descr_ref copy;
14789 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, ref);
14790 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14793 copy = ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node ();
14794 memcpy (copy, ref, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14795 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, copy);
14796 while (copy->dw_loc_next)
14798 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy = ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node ();
14799 memcpy (new_copy, copy->dw_loc_next, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14800 copy->dw_loc_next = new_copy;
14803 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14807 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14808 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14809 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14810 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14812 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14813 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14814 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14815 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14819 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *ret, dw_loc_list_ref list)
14828 if (!list->dw_loc_next)
14830 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret, list->expr);
14833 if (!(*ret)->dw_loc_next)
14835 add_loc_descr_to_each (list, (*ret)->expr);
14839 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX,
14840 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14841 " location lists.\n");
14846 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14847 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14849 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14850 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc)
14852 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14853 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
14854 enum machine_mode mode;
14856 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
14861 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
14863 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14864 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14866 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0))))
14868 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14869 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14872 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14873 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14874 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14877 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14878 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
14879 into simple arithmetics. */
14881 static dw_loc_list_ref
14882 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc, bool toplev)
14885 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14886 enum machine_mode mode;
14888 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14889 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14891 obj = get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
14892 &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14893 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14895 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT)
14897 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access");
14900 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj))
14902 expansion_failed (obj,
14903 NULL_RTX, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14906 if (!offset && !bitpos)
14907 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), toplev ? 2 : 1);
14909 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14910 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14912 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), 0);
14917 /* Variable offset. */
14918 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14919 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14921 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14924 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14925 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14927 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14929 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14930 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
14932 else if (bytepos < 0)
14933 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14934 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14935 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14941 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14942 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14943 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14944 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14945 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14946 to refer to register values). */
14948 static dw_loc_list_ref
14949 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14951 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL, ret1 = NULL;
14952 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14953 int have_address = 0;
14954 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14956 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14957 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
14960 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
14963 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "ERROR_MARK");
14966 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
14967 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14968 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
14969 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
14970 the names of types. */
14971 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
14975 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CALL_EXPR");
14976 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14979 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
14980 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
14981 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
14982 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
14983 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14984 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14988 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14989 e.g. for &this->field. */
14992 list_ret = loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14993 (loc, want_address == 2);
14996 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
14997 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
15000 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
15001 if (!list_ret && !ret)
15002 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
15006 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
15012 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
15015 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op;
15016 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op;
15017 bool dtprel = false;
15019 if (targetm.have_tls)
15021 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
15023 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
15026 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
15027 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
15029 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc) && !targetm.binds_local_p (loc))
15031 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
15033 second_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address;
15037 if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address
15038 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
15040 loc = emutls_decl (loc);
15041 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
15042 second_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address;
15045 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
15046 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
15051 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
15052 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
15055 ret = new_loc_descr (first_op, 0, 0);
15056 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
15057 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
15058 ret->dtprel = dtprel;
15060 ret1 = new_loc_descr (second_op, 0, 0);
15061 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
15069 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
15070 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
15075 case FUNCTION_DECL:
15078 var_loc_list *loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (loc);
15080 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
15082 list_ret = dw_loc_list (loc_list, loc, want_address);
15083 have_address = want_address != 0;
15086 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
15087 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
15089 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DECL has no RTL");
15092 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl))
15094 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
15095 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
15096 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
15097 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
15099 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15101 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CONST_STRING");
15104 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl) && const_ok_for_output (rtl))
15106 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
15107 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
15108 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
15112 enum machine_mode mode;
15114 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
15115 if (want_address == 2)
15117 ret = loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode,
15118 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
15123 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15126 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
15129 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
15132 expansion_failed (loc, rtl,
15133 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
15139 case ALIGN_INDIRECT_REF:
15140 case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF:
15141 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15145 case COMPOUND_EXPR:
15146 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
15149 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
15152 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
15154 case COMPONENT_REF:
15155 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
15157 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
15158 case REALPART_EXPR:
15159 case IMAGPART_EXPR:
15162 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
15163 enum machine_mode mode;
15165 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
15167 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
15168 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
15170 gcc_assert (obj != loc);
15172 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (obj,
15174 && !bitpos && !offset ? 2 : 1);
15175 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
15176 for nonzero bitpos. */
15179 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
15181 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15182 "bitfield access");
15186 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
15188 /* Variable offset. */
15189 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
15190 if (list_ret1 == 0)
15192 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
15195 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
15198 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15200 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
15201 else if (bytepos < 0)
15202 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
15209 if ((want_address || !host_integerp (loc, 0))
15210 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
15212 else if (want_address == 2
15213 && host_integerp (loc, 0)
15214 && (ret = address_of_int_loc_descriptor
15215 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)),
15216 tree_low_cst (loc, 0))))
15218 else if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
15219 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
15222 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15223 "Integer operand is not host integer");
15232 if ((ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
15235 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
15236 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15237 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
15240 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
15241 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
15246 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
15251 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
15252 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
15257 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
15258 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
15259 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
15260 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
15261 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
15270 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
15271 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
15272 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
15273 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
15274 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
15279 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15280 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
15281 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
15284 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
15287 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
15288 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
15289 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
15290 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
15291 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
15303 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
15306 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
15308 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
15310 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15314 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
15322 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
15329 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
15336 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
15343 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
15358 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15359 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
15360 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
15363 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
15366 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
15369 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
15383 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15387 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
15393 const enum tree_code code =
15394 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
15396 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
15397 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
15398 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
15399 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
15402 /* ... fall through ... */
15406 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
15407 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
15408 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
15409 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
15410 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
15412 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15413 if (list_ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
15416 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
15417 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, bra_node);
15419 add_loc_list (&list_ret, rhs);
15420 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
15421 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, jump_node);
15423 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, lhs);
15424 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
15425 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
15427 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
15428 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
15429 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, tmp);
15430 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
15431 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
15435 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
15439 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
15440 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
15441 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
15442 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
15444 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15445 "language specific tree node");
15449 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
15450 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
15451 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
15452 gcc_unreachable ();
15454 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
15455 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
15460 if (!ret && !list_ret)
15463 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
15464 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
15466 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
15468 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15469 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15473 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15475 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
15476 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15479 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
15480 if (want_address && !have_address)
15482 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15483 "Want address and only have value");
15487 gcc_assert (!ret || !list_ret);
15489 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
15490 if (!want_address && have_address)
15492 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
15494 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
15496 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15497 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15500 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
15503 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
15506 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
15508 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
15511 list_ret = new_loc_list (ret, NULL, NULL, NULL);
15516 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
15517 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15518 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
15520 dw_loc_list_ref ret = loc_list_from_tree (loc, want_address);
15523 if (ret->dw_loc_next)
15525 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15526 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
15532 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
15533 which is not less than the value itself. */
15535 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
15536 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
15538 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
15541 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
15542 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
15543 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
15544 ERROR_MARK node. */
15547 field_type (const_tree decl)
15551 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15552 return integer_type_node;
15554 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
15555 if (type == NULL_TREE)
15556 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
15561 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
15562 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
15563 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
15565 static inline unsigned
15566 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type)
15568 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
15571 static inline unsigned
15572 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl)
15574 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
15577 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
15579 static inline double_int
15580 round_up_to_align (double_int t, unsigned int align)
15582 double_int alignd = uhwi_to_double_int (align);
15583 t = double_int_add (t, alignd);
15584 t = double_int_add (t, double_int_minus_one);
15585 t = double_int_div (t, alignd, true, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR);
15586 t = double_int_mul (t, alignd);
15590 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
15591 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
15592 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
15593 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
15594 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
15597 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15598 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl)
15600 double_int object_offset_in_bits;
15601 double_int object_offset_in_bytes;
15602 double_int bitpos_int;
15604 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15607 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
15609 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
15610 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
15611 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
15612 if (TREE_CODE (bit_position (decl)) != INTEGER_CST)
15615 bitpos_int = tree_to_double_int (bit_position (decl));
15617 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
15618 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
15621 tree field_size_tree;
15622 double_int deepest_bitpos;
15623 double_int field_size_in_bits;
15624 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
15625 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
15626 double_int type_size_in_bits;
15628 type = field_type (decl);
15629 type_size_in_bits = double_int_type_size_in_bits (type);
15630 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
15632 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
15634 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
15635 a flexible array member. */
15636 if (!field_size_tree)
15637 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
15639 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
15640 if (TREE_CODE (field_size_tree) == INTEGER_CST)
15641 field_size_in_bits = tree_to_double_int (field_size_tree);
15643 field_size_in_bits = type_size_in_bits;
15645 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
15647 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
15648 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
15649 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
15650 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
15651 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
15652 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15653 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
15654 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15655 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15657 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15659 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15660 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15661 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15662 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15663 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15664 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15665 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15666 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15667 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15668 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15669 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15671 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15672 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
15673 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15674 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15675 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15676 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15677 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15678 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
15679 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15680 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15683 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15684 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15685 must have believed that the containing object started (within
15686 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15687 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15688 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15689 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
15691 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15692 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
15693 deepest_bitpos = double_int_add (bitpos_int, field_size_in_bits);
15695 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15696 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15698 object_offset_in_bits
15699 = double_int_add (deepest_bitpos, double_int_neg (type_size_in_bits));
15701 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
15703 object_offset_in_bits
15704 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
15706 if (double_int_ucmp (object_offset_in_bits, bitpos_int) > 0)
15708 object_offset_in_bits
15709 = double_int_add (deepest_bitpos,
15710 double_int_neg (type_size_in_bits));
15712 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
15713 object_offset_in_bits
15714 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
15719 object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
15721 object_offset_in_bytes
15722 = double_int_div (object_offset_in_bits,
15723 uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_UNIT), true,
15725 return double_int_to_shwi (object_offset_in_bytes);
15728 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15729 associated with them. */
15731 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15733 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15734 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15735 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
15738 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
15739 dw_loc_list_ref descr)
15743 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr))
15744 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr->expr);
15746 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, descr);
15749 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15750 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15751 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15752 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15753 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15754 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
15757 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15758 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15759 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15760 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15761 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
15762 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15763 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
15764 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
15765 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15766 function below.) */
15769 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15771 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
15772 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
15774 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
15776 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
15777 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
15779 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
15780 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
15781 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
15782 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
15784 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
15786 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
15788 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
15790 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15791 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
15792 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15794 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15795 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15796 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15798 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15799 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
15800 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
15802 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
15803 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15804 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
15805 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15807 /* Extract the offset. */
15808 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15809 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15811 /* Add it to the object address. */
15812 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
15813 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15816 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
15819 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
15823 if (dwarf_version > 2)
15825 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15826 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
15831 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
15833 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15834 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15835 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15837 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15838 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
15839 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
15843 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
15846 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
15850 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
15853 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15856 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
15860 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
15866 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15868 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15869 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
15871 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
15877 val |= *--src & 0xff;
15883 /* Writes double_int values to dw_vec_const array. */
15886 insert_double (double_int val, unsigned char *dest)
15888 unsigned char *p0 = dest;
15889 unsigned char *p1 = dest + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
15891 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
15897 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT) val.low, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
15898 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT) val.high, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
15901 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
15904 insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
15906 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
15910 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
15911 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
15913 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
15914 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
15916 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
15921 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15922 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
15923 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15924 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
15925 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
15928 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
15930 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
15934 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
15937 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
15939 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
15944 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15945 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15946 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15949 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15951 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
15953 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
15954 unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (length);
15956 insert_float (rtl, array);
15957 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
15960 add_AT_double (die, DW_AT_const_value,
15961 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
15967 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15968 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
15969 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
15970 unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic
15971 (length * elt_size);
15975 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
15977 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
15978 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15980 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15981 double_int val = rtx_to_double_int (elt);
15983 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
15984 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val), elt_size, p);
15987 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
15988 insert_double (val, p);
15993 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
15994 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15996 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15997 insert_float (elt, p);
16002 gcc_unreachable ();
16005 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
16010 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
16012 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
16013 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
16015 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
16016 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
16017 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
16018 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
16019 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_location, loc_result);
16020 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
16026 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
16027 return add_const_value_attribute (die, XEXP (rtl, 0));
16030 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
16033 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
16038 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
16039 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
16040 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
16041 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
16042 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
16043 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
16044 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
16045 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
16046 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
16047 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
16048 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
16056 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_STRING
16057 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl)
16058 && GET_MODE (rtl) == BLKmode)
16060 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
16066 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
16067 gcc_unreachable ();
16072 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
16073 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
16076 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
16077 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
16079 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
16080 *walk_subtrees = 0;
16082 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
16083 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
16085 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
16086 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
16087 be conservative. */
16088 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
16089 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
16091 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
16093 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_get_node (*tp);
16094 if (!node || !node->needed)
16097 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
16098 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
16100 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
16101 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
16102 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
16103 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
16104 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp))
16107 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
16113 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
16114 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
16117 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
16119 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
16121 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
16122 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
16123 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16125 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
16126 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
16127 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
16129 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
16131 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
16132 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
16133 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
16134 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
16135 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
16137 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
16138 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
16139 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, rtl);
16140 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) = 1;
16143 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
16145 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
16147 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
16148 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
16149 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode)
16151 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
16152 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
16153 reference variables which won't be output. */
16154 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
16155 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
16157 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
16159 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
16160 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
16165 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
16167 VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
16168 bool constant_p = true;
16170 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
16172 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
16173 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
16174 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
16175 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
16176 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
16178 constant_p = false;
16184 init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
16194 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
16196 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
16197 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
16203 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
16206 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
16210 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
16211 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
16212 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
16214 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
16215 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
16216 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
16217 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
16218 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
16219 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
16220 referenced within the function.
16222 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
16223 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
16224 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
16225 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
16227 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
16228 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
16229 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
16230 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
16231 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
16232 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
16234 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
16235 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
16236 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
16237 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
16238 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
16239 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
16240 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
16241 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
16242 output at debug-time.
16244 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
16245 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
16246 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
16247 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
16248 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
16249 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
16250 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
16251 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
16252 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
16253 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
16254 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
16255 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
16256 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
16258 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
16259 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
16260 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
16261 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
16262 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
16263 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
16264 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
16265 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
16266 I'd like to fix it.
16268 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
16269 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
16270 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
16271 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
16272 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
16273 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
16274 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
16275 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
16276 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
16277 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
16278 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
16280 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
16281 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
16283 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
16284 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
16285 fixed registers. */
16286 if (! reload_completed)
16289 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
16291 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
16293 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
16294 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
16296 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
16301 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
16303 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
16305 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
16306 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
16307 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
16308 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
16310 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
16311 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
16312 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
16313 if (dmode == pmode)
16314 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
16315 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
16316 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
16317 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
16319 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
16322 else if (MEM_P (inc))
16324 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
16325 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
16326 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
16327 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
16334 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
16335 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
16336 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
16337 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
16338 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
16339 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
16341 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
16342 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
16343 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
16344 /* Not passed in memory. */
16345 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
16346 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
16347 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
16348 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
16349 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
16350 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
16351 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
16354 /* Big endian correction check. */
16355 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16356 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
16357 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
16360 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
16361 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
16363 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
16364 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
16367 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
16370 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
16371 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
16373 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
16374 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
16376 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
16377 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
16378 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
16379 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
16380 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
16381 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
16383 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
16384 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
16387 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
16388 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
16389 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
16390 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
16391 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
16394 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
16396 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
16397 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
16398 code, and thus is not emitted. */
16400 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
16402 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
16403 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
16405 if (rtl == NULL_RTX
16406 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
16407 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
16408 && TREE_STATIC (decl)
16409 && DECL_NAME (decl)
16410 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl)
16411 && DECL_MODE (decl) != VOIDmode)
16413 rtl = make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl);
16415 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
16416 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != decl)
16423 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
16424 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
16425 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
16428 fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value)
16430 tree val_expr, cvar;
16431 enum machine_mode mode;
16432 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
16434 int volatilep = 0, unsignedp = 0;
16436 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
16437 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
16438 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
16439 be handled as such. */
16440 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
16441 || !TREE_STATIC (decl)
16442 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl)
16446 val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl);
16447 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF)
16450 cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
16451 &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true);
16453 if (cvar == NULL_TREE
16454 || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL
16455 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar)
16456 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar))
16460 if (offset != NULL)
16462 if (!host_integerp (offset, 0))
16464 *value = tree_low_cst (offset, 0);
16467 *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
16472 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
16473 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
16474 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
16475 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
16476 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
16477 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
16478 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
16479 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
16480 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
16481 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
16484 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
16485 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
16488 dw_loc_list_ref list;
16489 var_loc_list *loc_list;
16491 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
16494 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
16495 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
16497 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
16500 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
16501 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
16502 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
16505 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
16506 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
16507 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
16508 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
16511 && loc_list->first->next == NULL
16512 && NOTE_P (loc_list->first->loc)
16513 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list->first->loc)
16514 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list->first->loc))
16516 struct var_loc_node *node;
16518 node = loc_list->first;
16519 rtl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->loc);
16520 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == EXPR_LIST)
16521 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
16522 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
16523 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
16526 list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2);
16529 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list);
16532 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
16533 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
16534 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die, decl);
16537 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
16540 defer_location (tree variable, dw_die_ref die)
16542 deferred_locations entry;
16543 entry.variable = variable;
16545 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations, gc, deferred_locations_list, &entry);
16548 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
16549 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
16552 native_encode_initializer (tree init, unsigned char *array, int size)
16556 if (init == NULL_TREE)
16560 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
16563 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
16564 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16566 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
16567 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
16569 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 1)
16571 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16573 if (size > TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))
16575 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init),
16576 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
16577 memset (array + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init),
16578 '\0', size - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
16581 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), size);
16586 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
16587 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16589 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16591 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index;
16592 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16593 int curpos = 0, fieldsize;
16594 constructor_elt *ce;
16596 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) == NULL_TREE
16597 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0))
16600 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type));
16601 if (fieldsize <= 0)
16604 min_index = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0);
16605 memset (array, '\0', size);
16607 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16610 tree val = ce->value;
16611 tree index = ce->index;
16613 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16614 pos = (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0) - min_index)
16617 pos = (tree_low_cst (index, 0) - min_index) * fieldsize;
16622 if (!native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16625 curpos = pos + fieldsize;
16626 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16628 int count = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0)
16629 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0);
16633 memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize);
16634 curpos += fieldsize;
16637 gcc_assert (curpos <= size);
16641 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
16642 || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
16644 tree field = NULL_TREE;
16645 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16646 constructor_elt *ce;
16648 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16651 if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
16652 field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
16655 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16656 cnt++, field = field ? TREE_CHAIN (field) : 0)
16658 tree val = ce->value;
16659 int pos, fieldsize;
16661 if (ce->index != 0)
16667 if (field == NULL_TREE || DECL_BIT_FIELD (field))
16670 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16671 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))
16672 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))))
16674 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field) == NULL_TREE
16675 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0))
16677 fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0);
16678 pos = int_byte_position (field);
16679 gcc_assert (pos + fieldsize <= size);
16681 && !native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16687 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16688 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
16689 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0), array, size);
16691 return native_encode_expr (init, array, size) == size;
16695 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16696 attribute is the const value T. */
16699 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree t)
16702 tree type = TREE_TYPE (t);
16705 if (!t || !TREE_TYPE (t) || TREE_TYPE (t) == error_mark_node)
16709 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init));
16711 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
16713 return add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
16714 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
16715 else if (CHAR_BIT == 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT == 8
16716 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type))
16718 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init));
16719 if (size > 0 && (int) size == size)
16721 unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *)
16722 ggc_alloc_cleared_atomic (size);
16724 if (native_encode_initializer (init, array, size))
16726 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, size, 1, array);
16734 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16735 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16736 variable with static storage duration
16737 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
16740 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
16744 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
16745 && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL))
16748 if (TREE_READONLY (decl)
16749 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl)
16750 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
16755 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
16756 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_const_value))
16759 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, DECL_INITIAL (decl));
16762 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16763 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16764 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16765 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16768 static dw_loc_list_ref
16769 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16772 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
16774 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
16775 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
16776 dw_cfa_location remember;
16778 fde = current_fde ();
16779 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
16781 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
16785 memset (&next_cfa, 0, sizeof (next_cfa));
16786 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
16787 remember = next_cfa;
16789 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
16791 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
16792 advance opcodes. */
16793 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16794 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16796 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16797 last_label = start_label;
16799 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16800 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
16802 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
16803 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
16804 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
16805 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
16806 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16808 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16809 start_label, last_label, section);
16811 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16812 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16813 start_label = last_label;
16815 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
16818 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
16819 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16820 gcc_unreachable ();
16823 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16827 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16829 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16830 start_label, last_label, section);
16831 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16832 start_label = last_label;
16835 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
16836 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
16838 if (list && list->dw_loc_next)
16844 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16845 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16846 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16847 before the latter is negated. */
16850 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16854 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16855 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
16856 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16858 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
16859 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16862 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
16863 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
16865 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
16866 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
16869 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16870 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16871 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
16872 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
16873 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16874 : stack_pointer_rtx));
16876 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
16879 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16880 the value of the attribute. */
16883 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
16885 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
16887 if (demangle_name_func)
16888 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
16890 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
16894 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16897 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
16899 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
16905 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR)
16909 wdlen = strlen (wd);
16910 wd1 = (char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (wdlen + 2);
16912 wd1 [wdlen] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
16913 wd1 [wdlen + 1] = 0;
16917 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd));
16920 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
16924 lower_bound_default (void)
16926 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language))
16931 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus:
16933 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus:
16936 case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
16937 case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
16938 case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
16942 case DW_LANG_Python:
16943 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 0 : -1;
16944 case DW_LANG_Ada95:
16945 case DW_LANG_Ada83:
16946 case DW_LANG_Cobol74:
16947 case DW_LANG_Cobol85:
16948 case DW_LANG_Pascal83:
16949 case DW_LANG_Modula2:
16951 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 1 : -1;
16957 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16958 a representation for that bound. */
16961 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
16963 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
16968 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
16971 unsigned int prec = simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound));
16974 /* Use the default if possible. */
16975 if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
16976 && host_integerp (bound, 0)
16977 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
16978 && tree_low_cst (bound, 0) == dflt)
16981 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
16982 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
16983 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
16984 else if (prec < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
16986 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
16987 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << prec) - 1;
16988 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16989 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound) & mask);
16991 else if (prec == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16992 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound) == 0)
16993 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16994 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16996 add_AT_double (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound),
16997 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
17002 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
17003 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
17013 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
17015 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
17016 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
17017 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
17018 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
17019 later parameter. */
17020 if (decl_die != NULL)
17022 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
17030 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
17031 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
17033 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
17034 dw_loc_list_ref list;
17036 list = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 2);
17037 if (list == NULL || single_element_loc_list_p (list))
17039 /* If DW_AT_*bound is not a reference nor constant, it is
17040 a DWARF expression rather than location description.
17041 For that loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0) is needed.
17042 If that fails to give a single element list,
17043 fall back to outputting this as a reference anyway. */
17044 dw_loc_list_ref list2 = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0);
17045 if (list2 && single_element_loc_list_p (list2))
17047 add_AT_loc (subrange_die, bound_attr, list2->expr);
17054 if (current_function_decl == 0)
17055 ctx = comp_unit_die;
17057 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
17059 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
17060 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17061 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
17062 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list);
17063 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
17069 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
17070 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
17071 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
17072 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
17075 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type, bool collapse_p)
17077 unsigned dimension_number;
17079 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
17081 for (dimension_number = 0;
17082 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && (dimension_number == 0 || collapse_p);
17083 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
17085 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
17087 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && is_fortran () && dimension_number > 0)
17090 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
17091 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
17093 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
17096 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
17097 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
17098 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
17100 /* Define the index type. */
17101 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
17103 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
17104 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
17105 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
17106 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
17107 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
17108 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
17109 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
17112 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
17116 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
17117 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
17119 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
17120 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
17121 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
17123 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
17125 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
17128 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
17129 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
17135 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
17139 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
17144 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
17147 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
17148 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
17151 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
17152 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
17153 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
17154 even for bit-fields. */
17155 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
17158 gcc_unreachable ();
17161 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
17162 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
17163 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
17164 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
17165 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17168 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
17169 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
17170 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
17173 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
17174 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
17175 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
17176 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
17177 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
17178 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
17180 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
17181 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
17182 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
17185 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17187 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
17188 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
17189 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
17190 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
17191 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
17192 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
17194 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
17195 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
17197 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
17198 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
17199 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
17200 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
17201 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
17204 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
17206 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
17207 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
17208 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
17209 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
17210 below must take account of these differences. */
17211 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
17212 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
17214 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
17216 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
17217 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
17221 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
17222 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
17223 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
17225 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
17228 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
17229 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
17232 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17234 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
17235 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
17236 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
17238 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
17239 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
17242 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
17243 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
17246 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
17248 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
17249 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
17250 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
17253 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
17254 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
17257 static inline dw_die_ref
17258 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
17260 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
17262 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
17264 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
17265 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
17266 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
17268 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
17269 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
17273 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
17275 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
17277 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
17280 if (DECL_P (origin))
17281 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
17282 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
17283 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
17285 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
17286 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
17287 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
17288 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
17289 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
17290 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
17291 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
17295 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
17299 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
17302 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
17304 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
17306 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
17308 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
17309 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
17310 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
17311 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
17314 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
17315 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
17316 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl))
17317 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
17318 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
17322 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
17325 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17327 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
17329 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
17330 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
17333 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
17334 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
17337 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17341 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
17342 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
17344 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
17346 add_name_attribute (die, name);
17347 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17348 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
17350 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
17351 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
17352 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
17353 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl)))
17355 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
17356 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl))
17358 limbo_die_node *asm_name;
17360 asm_name = ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node ();
17361 asm_name->die = die;
17362 asm_name->created_for = decl;
17363 asm_name->next = deferred_asm_name;
17364 deferred_asm_name = asm_name;
17366 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
17367 add_AT_string (die, AT_linkage_name,
17368 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
17372 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17373 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17374 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17375 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
17377 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
17378 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
17379 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
17384 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
17387 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
17389 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
17392 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
17395 pop_decl_scope (void)
17397 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
17400 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
17401 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
17402 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
17403 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
17404 the current active scope. */
17407 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
17409 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
17410 tree containing_scope;
17413 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
17414 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
17416 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
17418 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
17419 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
17421 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
17424 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
17427 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
17428 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
17429 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
17430 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
17431 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
17433 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
17434 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
17435 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
17437 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
17438 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
17439 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
17440 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
17441 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
17446 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
17447 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
17449 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
17450 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
17453 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
17456 scope_die = context_die;
17461 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
17464 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
17466 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
17467 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
17468 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
17474 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
17477 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
17479 return (context_die
17480 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
17481 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
17482 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type
17483 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
17486 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
17487 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
17490 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
17492 return (class_scope_p (context_die)
17493 || (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
17496 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
17497 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
17498 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
17501 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
17502 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
17504 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
17505 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
17507 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
17508 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
17509 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
17510 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
17511 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE)
17512 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
17513 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
17515 if (code == ERROR_MARK
17516 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
17517 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
17518 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
17519 || code == VOID_TYPE)
17522 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
17523 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
17524 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
17527 if (type_die != NULL)
17528 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
17531 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
17532 function call type. */
17534 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl)
17536 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
17538 value = ((enum dwarf_calling_convention)
17539 targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
17541 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
17542 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
17543 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
17544 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
17545 time being, following existing custom. */
17547 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__"))
17548 value = DW_CC_program;
17550 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
17551 is not DW_CC_normal. */
17552 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
17553 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
17556 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
17557 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
17558 was declared without a tag. */
17560 static const char *
17561 type_tag (const_tree type)
17563 const char *name = 0;
17565 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
17569 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
17570 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
17571 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
17573 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
17574 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
17576 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
17577 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
17579 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
17580 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
17581 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
17582 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
17583 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
17584 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
17587 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
17588 if (!name && t != 0)
17589 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
17592 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
17595 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
17596 for bit field types. */
17599 member_declared_type (const_tree member)
17601 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
17602 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
17605 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17606 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17609 static const char *
17610 decl_start_label (tree decl)
17613 const char *fnname;
17615 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
17616 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
17619 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
17621 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
17626 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
17627 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
17628 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
17631 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17633 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17634 dw_die_ref array_die;
17636 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
17637 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
17638 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
17639 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
17640 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
17641 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
17642 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
17643 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
17644 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
17646 bool collapse_nested_arrays = !is_ada ();
17649 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
17650 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
17651 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)
17652 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17654 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node))
17656 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17658 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die, type);
17659 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17660 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17661 size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
17663 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17664 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != NULL_TREE
17665 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) != NULL_TREE
17666 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type))))
17668 tree szdecl = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type));
17669 dw_loc_list_ref loc = loc_list_from_tree (szdecl, 2);
17671 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl));
17672 if (loc && size > 0)
17674 add_AT_location_description (array_die, DW_AT_string_length, loc);
17675 if (size != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17676 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17682 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
17683 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
17684 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
17685 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
17688 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17689 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
17690 collapse_nested_arrays = false;
17693 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17694 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17695 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17697 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
17699 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
17700 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
17701 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
17702 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
17705 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17707 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17708 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17709 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type)))
17710 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17713 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
17714 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
17715 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
17716 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17717 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
17718 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17719 for multidimensional arrays. */
17720 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
17723 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17724 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
17725 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
17726 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
17727 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17730 add_subscript_info (array_die, type, collapse_nested_arrays);
17732 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
17733 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
17734 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
17735 if (collapse_nested_arrays)
17736 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
17738 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type) && is_fortran ())
17740 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
17743 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17744 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
17747 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17749 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17750 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17753 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17754 descr_info_loc (tree val, tree base_decl)
17756 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17757 dw_loc_descr_ref loc, loc2;
17758 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
17760 if (val == base_decl)
17761 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0);
17763 switch (TREE_CODE (val))
17766 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17768 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val, 0);
17770 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17771 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17774 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val));
17777 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17780 if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17781 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
17783 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, size, 0));
17785 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
17787 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17788 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17791 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17794 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 0));
17800 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17803 loc2 = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), base_decl);
17806 add_loc_descr (&loc, loc2);
17807 add_loc_descr (&loc2, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
17829 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr,
17830 tree val, tree base_decl)
17832 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
17834 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17836 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17840 loc = descr_info_loc (val, base_decl);
17844 add_AT_loc (die, attr, loc);
17847 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
17848 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
17851 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info,
17852 dw_die_ref context_die)
17854 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17855 dw_die_ref array_die;
17858 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17859 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17860 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17862 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17864 && info->ndimensions >= 2)
17865 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17867 if (info->data_location)
17868 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location,
17870 if (info->associated)
17871 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated,
17873 if (info->allocated)
17874 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated,
17877 for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++)
17879 dw_die_ref subrange_die
17880 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
17882 if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound)
17884 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
17887 if (host_integerp (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0)
17888 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
17889 && tree_low_cst (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0) == dflt)
17892 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
17893 info->dimen[dim].lower_bound,
17896 if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound)
17897 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
17898 info->dimen[dim].upper_bound,
17900 if (info->dimen[dim].stride)
17901 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride,
17902 info->dimen[dim].stride,
17906 gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die);
17907 add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17909 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17910 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17915 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17917 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17918 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
17920 if (origin != NULL)
17921 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
17924 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
17925 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17926 0, 0, context_die);
17929 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17930 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
17932 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
17936 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17937 emit full debugging info for them. */
17940 retry_incomplete_types (void)
17944 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
17945 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i),
17946 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
17947 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
17950 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
17952 static enum dwarf_tag
17953 record_type_tag (tree type)
17955 if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record)
17956 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17958 switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type))
17960 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT:
17961 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17963 case RECORD_IS_CLASS:
17964 return DW_TAG_class_type;
17966 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE:
17967 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
17968 return DW_TAG_interface_type;
17969 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17972 gcc_unreachable ();
17976 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
17977 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17978 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17982 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17984 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17986 if (type_die == NULL)
17988 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
17989 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
17990 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
17991 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
17992 if ((dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
17993 && ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type))
17994 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_enum_class, 1);
17996 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
17999 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18001 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
18002 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
18003 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
18004 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
18008 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18009 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
18010 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
18011 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
18013 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18014 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18015 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
18016 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
18018 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
18019 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
18021 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
18022 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
18024 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
18025 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
18027 if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONST_DECL)
18028 value = DECL_INITIAL (value);
18030 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
18031 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
18032 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
18033 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
18034 values as if they were signed. That means that
18035 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
18036 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
18037 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
18038 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
18042 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18044 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18045 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
18050 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
18051 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
18054 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
18055 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
18056 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
18057 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
18058 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
18059 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
18060 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
18061 argument type of some subprogram type.
18062 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
18066 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, tree origin, bool emit_name_p,
18067 dw_die_ref context_die)
18069 tree node_or_origin = node ? node : origin;
18070 tree ultimate_origin;
18071 dw_die_ref parm_die
18072 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
18074 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin)))
18076 case tcc_declaration:
18077 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin);
18078 if (node || ultimate_origin)
18079 origin = ultimate_origin;
18080 if (origin != NULL)
18081 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
18082 else if (emit_name_p)
18083 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
18085 || (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin)
18086 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin),
18087 decl_function_context
18088 (node_or_origin))))
18090 tree type = TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin);
18091 if (decl_by_reference_p (node_or_origin))
18092 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0,
18095 add_type_attribute (parm_die, type,
18096 TREE_READONLY (node_or_origin),
18097 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node_or_origin),
18100 if (origin == NULL && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
18101 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18103 if (node && node != origin)
18104 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
18105 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin))
18106 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin,
18112 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
18113 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, 0, 0, context_die);
18117 gcc_unreachable ();
18123 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
18124 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
18127 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
18128 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
18129 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
18130 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
18131 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
18132 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
18135 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
18137 dw_die_ref subr_die,
18141 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die;
18143 gcc_assert (parm_pack
18144 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack)
18147 parm_pack_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, subr_die, parm_pack);
18148 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die, parm_pack);
18150 for (arg = pack_arg; arg; arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg))
18152 if (! lang_hooks.decls.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg,
18155 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg, NULL,
18156 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
18161 return parm_pack_die;
18164 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
18165 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
18168 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18170 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
18173 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
18174 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
18175 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
18176 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
18179 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18182 tree formal_type = NULL;
18183 tree first_parm_type;
18186 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
18188 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
18189 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
18194 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
18196 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
18197 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
18198 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
18200 dw_die_ref parm_die;
18202 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
18203 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
18206 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
18207 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, NULL,
18208 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
18210 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
18211 && link == first_parm_type)
18212 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
18213 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18215 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
18217 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
18220 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
18221 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
18222 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
18223 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
18225 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
18226 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
18227 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
18228 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
18229 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
18230 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
18233 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
18234 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
18235 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
18236 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
18237 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
18240 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
18242 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
18244 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
18245 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
18246 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18247 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
18248 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
18250 dw_die_ref type_die;
18251 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
18253 push_decl_scope (type);
18254 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
18255 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
18256 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
18257 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
18259 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
18260 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
18261 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
18262 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
18263 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
18265 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
18266 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
18270 gen_variable_die (member, NULL_TREE, type_die);
18276 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
18277 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
18280 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
18282 dw_die_ref old_die;
18286 htab_t old_decl_loc_table;
18288 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
18289 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
18291 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
18292 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18293 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
18296 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
18297 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
18298 get locations in abstract instantces. */
18299 old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table;
18300 decl_loc_table = NULL;
18302 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
18303 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
18304 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18306 context = decl_class_context (decl);
18308 gen_type_die_for_member
18309 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
18312 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
18313 save_fn = current_function_decl;
18314 current_function_decl = decl;
18315 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl));
18317 was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
18318 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
18319 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
18320 if (! was_abstract)
18321 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
18323 current_function_decl = save_fn;
18324 decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table;
18328 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
18331 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18332 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
18335 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
18340 type = (tree) *slot;
18341 die = lookup_type_die (type);
18343 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
18347 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
18348 through htab_traverse.
18350 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18351 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
18352 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
18355 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot,
18356 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
18358 struct types_used_by_vars_entry *entry;
18361 entry = (struct types_used_by_vars_entry *) *slot;
18362 gcc_assert (entry->type != NULL
18363 && entry->var_decl != NULL);
18364 die = lookup_type_die (entry->type);
18367 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
18368 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
18369 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_get_node (entry->var_decl);
18370 if (node && node->needed)
18372 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
18373 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
18374 while ((die = die->die_parent) && die->die_perennial_p == 0)
18375 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
18381 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
18384 premark_used_types (void)
18386 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
18387 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
18390 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
18393 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
18395 if (types_used_by_vars_hash)
18396 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash,
18397 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper, NULL);
18400 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
18404 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18406 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18407 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18408 dw_die_ref subr_die;
18411 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
18412 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
18413 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
18415 premark_used_types ();
18417 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
18418 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
18419 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
18420 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
18421 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
18423 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
18424 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
18427 gcc_assert (!old_die);
18430 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
18431 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
18432 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
18433 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
18434 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
18435 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18436 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
18438 if (origin != NULL)
18440 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
18442 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
18443 inline function. */
18444 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
18445 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
18447 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
18448 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
18452 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
18453 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
18455 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
18456 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
18457 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
18458 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
18459 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18461 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
18462 something we have already output. */
18466 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
18467 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
18468 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
18469 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
18470 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
18471 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
18472 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
18473 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
18474 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
18475 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
18476 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
18477 == (unsigned) s.line))))
18479 subr_die = old_die;
18481 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
18482 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
18483 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
18484 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
18485 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
18486 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18487 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
18491 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
18492 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
18493 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
18494 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
18495 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
18496 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
18501 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
18503 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18504 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18506 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
18507 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18509 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
18510 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
18511 0, 0, context_die);
18514 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18515 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18516 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18518 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18519 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18520 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18521 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18526 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18528 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18530 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
18531 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
18532 if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_explicit_p (decl)
18533 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18534 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_explicit, 1);
18536 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
18537 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
18538 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
18539 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
18541 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
18542 later reused to represent definition. */
18543 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
18546 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18548 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
18550 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
18551 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
18553 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
18557 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
18558 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
18560 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
18563 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)
18564 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
18565 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18567 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
18569 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18571 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
18573 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18574 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
18576 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
18578 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
18579 current_function_funcdef_no);
18580 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
18581 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
18582 current_function_funcdef_no);
18583 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
18585 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18586 /* HP OpenVMS Industry Standard 64: DWARF Extensions
18587 Section 2.3 Prologue and Epilogue Attributes:
18588 When a breakpoint is set on entry to a function, it is generally
18589 desirable for execution to be suspended, not on the very first
18590 instruction of the function, but rather at a point after the
18591 function's frame has been set up, after any language defined local
18592 declaration processing has been completed, and before execution of
18593 the first statement of the function begins. Debuggers generally
18594 cannot properly determine where this point is. Similarly for a
18595 breakpoint set on exit from a function. The prologue and epilogue
18596 attributes allow a compiler to communicate the location(s) to use. */
18599 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[current_funcdef_fde];
18601 if (fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue)
18602 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die, DW_AT_HP_prologue,
18603 fde->dw_fde_begin, fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue);
18605 if (fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue)
18606 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die, DW_AT_HP_epilogue,
18607 fde->dw_fde_begin, fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue);
18611 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
18612 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18615 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
18616 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
18617 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
18619 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
18620 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
18621 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
18622 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
18624 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
18625 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18626 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18630 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18631 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
18632 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
18635 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
18637 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
18638 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
18639 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
18640 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
18641 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
18642 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
18643 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
18645 if (dwarf_version >= 3)
18647 dw_loc_descr_ref op = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0, 0);
18648 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, op);
18652 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
18653 if (list->dw_loc_next)
18654 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
18656 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
18659 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
18660 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
18661 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
18662 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
18663 by this displacement. */
18664 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
18666 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
18667 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
18668 loc_list_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl, 2));
18671 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18672 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18673 gen_generic_params_dies (decl);
18675 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
18676 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
18677 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
18678 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
18679 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
18680 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
18681 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
18682 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
18683 an ellipsis at the end. */
18685 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
18686 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
18687 its formal parameters. */
18688 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18690 else if (declaration)
18691 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
18694 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
18695 tree parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
18696 tree generic_decl = lang_hooks.decls.get_generic_function_decl (decl);
18697 tree generic_decl_parm = generic_decl
18698 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl)
18701 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
18702 emit their relevant DIEs.
18704 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
18705 as well as it being a normal function.
18707 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
18708 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
18709 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
18710 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
18711 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
18712 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
18713 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
18714 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
18715 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
18718 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
18719 while (generic_decl_parm || parm)
18721 if (generic_decl_parm
18722 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm))
18723 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm,
18728 gen_decl_die (parm, NULL, subr_die);
18729 parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm);
18732 if (generic_decl_parm)
18733 generic_decl_parm = TREE_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm);
18736 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
18737 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
18738 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
18739 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
18740 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
18741 parameters at all. */
18742 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
18743 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
18745 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
18746 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
18747 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18749 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
18750 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18753 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
18754 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
18755 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
18757 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
18758 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
18759 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
18760 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
18761 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
18762 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
18763 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
18765 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
18766 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
18767 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
18768 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
18769 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
18770 constructor function. */
18771 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
18773 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
18774 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
18775 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), NULL, subr_die);
18777 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
18778 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
18780 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
18781 if (current_function_has_inlines)
18783 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18784 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
18786 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18787 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
18792 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
18793 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18797 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
18800 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x)
18802 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18803 return (hashval_t) d->decl_id ^ htab_hash_pointer (d->die_parent);
18806 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
18807 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
18810 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
18812 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18813 const_dw_die_ref e = (const_dw_die_ref) y;
18814 return d->decl_id == e->decl_id && d->die_parent == e->die_parent;
18817 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
18818 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
18821 gen_variable_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
18825 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
18826 tree ultimate_origin;
18827 dw_die_ref var_die;
18828 dw_die_ref old_die = decl ? lookup_decl_die (decl) : NULL;
18829 dw_die_ref origin_die;
18830 bool declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin)
18831 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
18832 bool specialization_p = false;
18834 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
18835 if (decl || ultimate_origin)
18836 origin = ultimate_origin;
18837 com_decl = fortran_common (decl_or_origin, &off);
18839 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
18840 of a data member. */
18843 dw_die_ref com_die;
18844 dw_loc_list_ref loc;
18845 die_node com_die_arg;
18847 var_die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
18850 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL)
18852 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, off ? 1 : 2);
18857 /* Optimize the common case. */
18858 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18859 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18860 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18861 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr)
18863 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18864 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18866 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18868 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18869 remove_AT (var_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18875 if (common_block_die_table == NULL)
18876 common_block_die_table
18877 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash,
18878 common_block_die_table_eq, NULL);
18880 com_die_arg.decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18881 com_die_arg.die_parent = context_die;
18882 com_die = (dw_die_ref) htab_find (common_block_die_table, &com_die_arg);
18883 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18884 if (com_die == NULL)
18887 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl));
18890 com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl);
18891 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, com_decl);
18894 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18895 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
18896 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
18897 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18899 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18900 add_AT_flag (com_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18901 add_pubname_string (cnam, com_die); /* ??? needed? */
18902 com_die->decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18903 slot = htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table, com_die, INSERT);
18904 *slot = (void *) com_die;
18906 else if (get_AT (com_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL && loc)
18908 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18909 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18910 remove_AT (com_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18912 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, com_die, decl);
18913 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18914 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
18915 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18916 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18921 /* Optimize the common case. */
18922 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18923 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18924 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18925 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
18926 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18927 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18929 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18931 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18933 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18934 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18935 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18939 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
18940 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
18941 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
18942 inside functions, though. */
18943 if (old_die && declaration && !local_scope_p (context_die))
18946 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
18947 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
18948 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
18949 if (declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
18950 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18952 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
18955 if (origin != NULL)
18956 origin_die = add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
18958 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
18959 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
18961 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
18962 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
18965 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
18967 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
18968 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
18969 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
18971 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
18972 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
18974 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
18975 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
18976 specialization_p = true;
18977 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
18979 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
18980 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
18982 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
18983 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
18985 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
18986 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
18990 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18992 if ((origin == NULL && !specialization_p)
18994 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
18995 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin),
18996 decl_function_context
18997 (decl_or_origin))))
18999 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin);
19001 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
19002 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
19004 add_type_attribute (var_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl_or_origin),
19005 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19008 if (origin == NULL && !specialization_p)
19010 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
19011 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
19013 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
19014 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
19016 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
19017 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
19018 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
19019 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
19023 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19025 if (decl && (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration))
19026 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
19029 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
19030 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
19031 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
19033 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL
19034 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
19035 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin)))
19036 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
19037 to add it again. */
19038 && (origin_die == NULL || get_AT (origin_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL))
19040 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
19041 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin)))
19042 defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die);
19044 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die,
19047 add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die);
19050 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die, decl_or_origin);
19053 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
19056 gen_const_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19058 dw_die_ref const_die;
19059 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
19061 const_die = new_die (DW_TAG_constant, context_die, decl);
19062 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die, decl);
19063 add_type_attribute (const_die, type, 1, 0, context_die);
19064 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
19065 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
19066 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
19067 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
19068 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die, decl);
19071 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
19074 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19076 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
19077 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
19079 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
19081 if (origin != NULL)
19082 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
19084 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
19086 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
19087 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
19090 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
19092 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
19093 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
19094 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
19098 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
19100 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
19101 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
19102 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
19103 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
19104 it if it ever does happen. */
19105 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
19107 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
19108 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
19113 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
19114 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
19115 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
19118 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
19120 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
19122 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19124 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
19125 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
19130 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19131 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
19134 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
19136 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
19138 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt)
19139 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19143 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt))
19145 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
19146 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
19147 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
19150 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
19152 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
19155 add_ranges (chain);
19156 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
19163 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
19164 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
19165 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
19166 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
19167 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
19168 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
19172 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
19175 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19177 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
19179 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
19180 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
19182 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
19185 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
19188 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19192 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
19194 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt));
19196 decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
19198 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
19199 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
19200 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
19201 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
19202 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
19204 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19206 dw_die_ref subr_die
19207 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
19209 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
19210 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
19211 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
19212 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
19214 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
19215 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
19219 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
19222 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19224 dw_die_ref decl_die;
19226 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
19229 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
19230 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
19231 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
19232 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
19235 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
19237 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
19238 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
19239 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
19242 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
19243 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
19245 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
19246 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
19248 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
19249 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
19250 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
19251 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
19253 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
19254 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
19258 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
19259 Use modified_type_die instead.
19260 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
19261 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
19264 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19267 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
19269 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
19270 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
19271 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
19274 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
19275 Use modified_type_die instead.
19276 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
19277 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
19280 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19282 dw_die_ref ref_die, scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
19284 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
19285 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, scope_die, type);
19287 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die, type);
19289 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
19290 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
19291 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
19295 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
19298 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19301 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
19302 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
19304 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
19305 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
19306 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
19307 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
19310 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
19313 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
19316 char producer[250];
19317 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
19320 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
19324 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
19325 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
19326 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
19327 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
19330 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
19332 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
19333 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
19334 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
19335 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
19336 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
19337 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
19338 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
19339 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19340 strcat (producer, " -g");
19343 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
19345 language = DW_LANG_C89;
19346 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
19347 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
19348 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
19349 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
19350 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
19351 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
19352 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19354 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
19355 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
19356 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
19357 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
19358 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
19359 language = DW_LANG_Java;
19360 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
19361 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
19362 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
19363 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
19366 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
19370 case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
19371 case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
19372 case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
19373 /* Fortran has case insensitive identifiers and the front-end
19374 lowercases everything. */
19375 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_identifier_case, DW_ID_down_case);
19378 /* The default DW_ID_case_sensitive doesn't need to be specified. */
19384 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
19387 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
19389 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
19391 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
19392 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
19394 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
19395 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
19397 if (access == access_public_node)
19398 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
19399 else if (access == access_protected_node)
19400 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
19403 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
19406 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19409 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
19412 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
19413 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
19414 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
19415 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
19416 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
19417 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
19418 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
19419 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
19420 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
19421 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
19422 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
19424 /* First output info about the base classes. */
19427 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
19431 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
19432 gen_inheritance_die (base,
19433 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
19434 : access_public_node), context_die);
19437 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
19438 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
19440 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
19441 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
19442 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
19443 do put them in the right order. */
19445 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
19447 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
19449 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
19452 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
19453 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
19455 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
19456 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
19459 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
19461 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
19463 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
19467 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
19468 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
19469 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
19472 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
19473 enum debug_info_usage usage)
19475 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19476 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
19478 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
19479 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
19480 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
19481 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
19482 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
19484 if (type_die && ! complete)
19487 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
19488 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19489 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
19492 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
19494 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
19495 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
19497 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
19499 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
19500 ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type,
19502 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
19504 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
19506 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
19509 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
19511 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
19512 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
19513 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type))
19514 gen_generic_params_dies (type);
19516 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
19517 then give a list of members. */
19518 if (complete && !ns_decl)
19520 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
19521 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
19522 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19523 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
19524 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
19525 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
19527 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
19528 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
19529 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
19530 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
19532 push_decl_scope (type);
19533 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
19536 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
19537 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
19539 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
19541 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
19542 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
19543 lookup_type_die (vtype));
19548 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19550 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
19551 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
19552 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
19553 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
19556 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
19557 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
19560 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
19563 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19565 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
19566 dw_die_ref subr_die
19567 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
19568 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
19570 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
19571 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
19572 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
19573 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
19575 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
19576 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
19579 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
19582 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19584 dw_die_ref type_die;
19587 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
19590 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
19591 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
19592 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
19593 if (origin != NULL)
19594 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
19599 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
19600 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
19602 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
19604 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
19605 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
19609 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
19611 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type)))
19613 Here, we are in the case of decl being a typedef naming
19614 an anonymous type, e.g:
19615 typedef struct {...} foo;
19616 In that case TREE_TYPE (decl) is not a typedef variant
19617 type and TYPE_NAME of the anonymous type is set to the
19618 TYPE_DECL of the typedef. This construct is emitted by
19621 TYPE is the anonymous struct named by the typedef
19622 DECL. As we need the DW_AT_type attribute of the
19623 DW_TAG_typedef to point to the DIE of TYPE, let's
19624 generate that DIE right away. add_type_attribute
19625 called below will then pick (via lookup_type_die) that
19626 anonymous struct DIE. */
19627 gen_tagged_type_die (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19630 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
19631 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
19633 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (decl))
19634 /* We want that all subsequent calls to lookup_type_die with
19635 TYPE in argument yield the DW_TAG_typedef we have just
19637 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
19640 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
19641 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
19643 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
19644 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
19647 /* Generate a DIE for a struct, class, enum or union type. */
19650 gen_tagged_type_die (tree type,
19651 dw_die_ref context_die,
19652 enum debug_info_usage usage)
19656 if (type == NULL_TREE
19657 || !is_tagged_type (type))
19660 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
19661 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
19662 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
19663 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
19664 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
19665 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
19666 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19667 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19668 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
19670 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
19672 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19675 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
19676 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19677 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19680 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
19681 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == FUNCTION_DECL))
19683 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
19684 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
19685 decls_for_scope. */
19686 context_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19691 context_die = declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
19695 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
19697 /* This might have been written out by the call to
19698 declare_in_namespace. */
19699 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19700 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
19703 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
19708 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
19709 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
19710 when appropriate. */
19713 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
19716 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
19717 enum debug_info_usage usage)
19719 struct array_descr_info info;
19721 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
19724 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
19725 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
19726 if (typedef_variant_p (type))
19728 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19731 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
19732 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
19734 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
19735 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
19736 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
19737 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19738 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
19740 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19742 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
19746 /* If type is an anonymous tagged type named by a typedef, let's
19747 generate debug info for the typedef. */
19748 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type)))
19750 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
19751 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
19752 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
19753 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19754 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
19756 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
19760 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
19761 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)
19762 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info
19763 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info)
19764 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19766 gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die);
19767 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19771 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
19772 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
19773 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
19774 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
19775 cloned type itself). */
19776 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
19777 type = type_main_variant (type);
19779 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19782 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
19788 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
19789 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
19790 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
19791 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
19792 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
19794 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19796 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
19797 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
19798 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19799 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19803 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
19804 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
19805 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
19806 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19808 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
19809 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19810 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19812 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
19814 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
19817 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
19818 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19819 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19820 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19821 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
19825 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19826 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19827 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19828 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
19832 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19836 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19839 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
19842 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
19843 gen_tagged_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
19849 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
19852 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
19856 /* Just use DW_TAG_unspecified_type. */
19858 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19859 if (type_die == NULL)
19861 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
19862 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
19863 name = DECL_NAME (name);
19864 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type, comp_unit_die, type);
19865 add_name_attribute (type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
19866 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
19872 gcc_unreachable ();
19875 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19879 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19881 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19884 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
19885 things which are local to the given block. */
19888 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19890 int must_output_die = 0;
19893 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
19894 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19897 inlined_func = inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt);
19899 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
19900 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
19901 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
19902 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
19906 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
19907 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
19912 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
19915 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
19916 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
19917 must_output_die = 1;
19920 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
19921 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
19922 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19923 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
19924 as being a "significant" one. */
19925 must_output_die = ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
19926 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt))
19927 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
19928 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19929 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
19930 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt)
19931 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19932 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19933 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt))
19934 must_output_die = 1;
19937 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
19938 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
19939 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
19940 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
19941 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
19942 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
19943 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
19944 if (must_output_die)
19948 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
19949 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
19950 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
19951 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
19952 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
19953 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
19954 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
19955 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19957 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
19958 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
19959 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
19960 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
19961 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19962 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19965 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19968 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
19971 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
19972 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
19974 process_scope_var (tree stmt, tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19977 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19979 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == FUNCTION_DECL)
19980 die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
19981 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == TYPE_DECL
19982 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin))
19983 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin));
19987 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
19988 add_child_die (context_die, die);
19989 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19990 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin),
19991 stmt, context_die);
19993 gen_decl_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19996 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19997 all of its sub-blocks. */
20000 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
20006 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
20007 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
20010 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
20011 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
20012 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
20013 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
20014 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
20015 process_scope_var (stmt, decl, NULL_TREE, context_die);
20016 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++)
20017 process_scope_var (stmt, NULL, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i),
20020 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
20021 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20024 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
20025 therein) of this block. */
20026 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
20028 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
20029 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
20032 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
20035 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl)
20037 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
20040 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
20041 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
20042 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
20043 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
20044 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
20045 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
20051 /* Return TRUE if TYPE is a typedef that names a type for linkage
20052 purposes. This kind of typedefs is produced by the C++ FE for
20055 typedef struct {...} foo;
20057 In that case, there is no typedef variant type produced for foo.
20058 Rather, the TREE_TYPE of the TYPE_DECL of foo is the anonymous
20062 is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree decl)
20064 if (decl == NULL_TREE
20065 || TREE_CODE (decl) != TYPE_DECL
20066 || !is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl))
20067 || DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl)
20068 || is_redundant_typedef (decl)
20069 /* It looks like Ada produces TYPE_DECLs that are very similar
20070 to C++ naming typedefs but that have different
20071 semantics. Let's be specific to c++ for now. */
20075 return (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl) == NULL_TREE
20076 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == decl
20077 && (TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))
20078 != TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
20081 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
20083 static inline dw_die_ref
20084 get_context_die (tree context)
20088 /* Find die that represents this context. */
20089 if (TYPE_P (context))
20090 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context));
20092 return force_decl_die (context);
20094 return comp_unit_die;
20097 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
20100 force_decl_die (tree decl)
20102 dw_die_ref decl_die;
20103 unsigned saved_external_flag;
20104 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
20105 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
20108 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
20110 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
20114 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
20116 case FUNCTION_DECL:
20117 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
20118 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
20119 declaration die. */
20120 save_fn = current_function_decl;
20121 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
20122 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
20123 current_function_decl = save_fn;
20127 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
20128 gen_decl_die() call. */
20129 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
20130 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
20131 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
20132 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
20135 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
20136 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
20137 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
20139 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
20140 decl_die = comp_unit_die;
20144 gcc_unreachable ();
20147 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
20149 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
20150 gcc_assert (decl_die);
20156 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
20157 always returned. */
20160 force_type_die (tree type)
20162 dw_die_ref type_die;
20164 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
20167 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
20169 type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_READONLY (type),
20170 TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die);
20171 gcc_assert (type_die);
20176 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
20177 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
20180 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
20182 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
20183 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
20184 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
20185 /* Force out the namespace. */
20186 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
20188 return context_die;
20191 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
20192 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
20194 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
20195 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
20198 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
20200 dw_die_ref ns_context;
20202 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20203 return context_die;
20205 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
20206 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
20207 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
20208 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
20209 return context_die;
20211 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
20213 if (ns_context != context_die)
20217 if (DECL_P (thing))
20218 gen_decl_die (thing, NULL, ns_context);
20220 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
20222 return context_die;
20225 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
20228 gen_namespace_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
20230 dw_die_ref namespace_die;
20232 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
20233 they are an alias of. */
20234 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
20236 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
20237 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
20238 namespace_die = new_die (is_fortran ()
20239 ? DW_TAG_module : DW_TAG_namespace,
20240 context_die, decl);
20241 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
20242 if (namespace_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_module && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
20244 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
20246 add_name_attribute (namespace_die, name);
20249 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
20250 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
20251 add_AT_flag (namespace_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
20252 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
20256 /* Output a namespace alias. */
20258 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
20259 dw_die_ref origin_die
20260 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
20262 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
20263 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
20264 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
20265 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
20266 namespace_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
20267 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
20268 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
20269 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
20273 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
20276 gen_decl_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
20278 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
20279 tree class_origin = NULL, ultimate_origin;
20281 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin))
20284 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin))
20290 if (!is_fortran ())
20292 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
20293 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
20297 /* Emit its type. */
20298 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
20300 /* And its containing namespace. */
20301 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
20303 gen_const_die (decl, context_die);
20306 case FUNCTION_DECL:
20307 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
20308 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
20309 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
20310 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
20311 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE
20312 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin)))
20317 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
20318 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
20319 if (current_function_decl != decl)
20320 /* This is only a declaration. */;
20323 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
20324 if (origin || DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
20325 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
20326 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin)
20327 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
20329 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
20330 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
20331 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
20332 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
20333 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
20334 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
20335 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
20336 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
20337 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
20339 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
20340 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
20343 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
20344 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20346 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
20347 have described its return type. */
20348 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
20350 /* And its virtual context. */
20351 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
20352 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
20354 /* And its containing type. */
20356 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
20357 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
20358 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
20360 /* And its containing namespace. */
20361 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
20364 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
20366 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
20370 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20371 actual typedefs. */
20372 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20375 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
20376 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
20377 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
20378 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
20379 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
20380 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
20381 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
20382 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
20383 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
20385 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
20388 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
20389 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
20391 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
20392 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
20396 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
20397 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
20402 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20403 variable declarations or definitions. */
20404 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20407 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
20409 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
20410 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
20412 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
20414 /* And its containing type. */
20415 class_origin = decl_class_context (decl_or_origin);
20416 if (class_origin != NULL_TREE)
20417 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin, decl_or_origin, context_die);
20419 /* And its containing namespace. */
20420 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin, context_die);
20422 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
20423 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
20424 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
20426 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
20427 if (ultimate_origin != NULL_TREE
20428 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin) == PARM_DECL)
20429 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
20430 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
20433 gen_variable_die (decl, origin, context_die);
20437 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
20438 anonymous unions and structs. */
20439 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
20440 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
20441 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
20443 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
20444 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
20449 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin))
20450 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
20452 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
20453 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
20454 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
20458 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
20459 case IMPORTED_DECL:
20460 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
20461 gen_namespace_die (decl, context_die);
20465 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
20466 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
20471 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
20472 compilation proper has finished. */
20475 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
20477 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
20478 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
20479 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
20480 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
20481 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
20482 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
20485 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
20486 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
20488 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
20491 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
20494 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
20495 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
20496 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
20497 that DECL belongs to.
20498 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
20500 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl,
20502 tree lexical_block,
20503 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die)
20505 expanded_location xloc;
20506 dw_die_ref imported_die = NULL;
20507 dw_die_ref at_import_die;
20509 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IMPORTED_DECL)
20511 xloc = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
20512 decl = IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl);
20516 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
20518 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
20520 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
20521 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
20522 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
20523 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
20524 if (!at_import_die)
20526 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL);
20527 gen_typedef_die (decl, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)));
20528 at_import_die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
20529 gcc_assert (at_import_die);
20534 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
20535 if (!at_import_die)
20537 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
20538 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
20539 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
20541 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
20543 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
20544 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
20545 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
20546 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
20548 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl,
20549 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)));
20551 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
20555 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
20557 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
20558 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module,
20565 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration,
20569 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
20570 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
20572 add_AT_string (imported_die, DW_AT_name,
20573 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
20574 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
20577 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
20578 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
20579 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
20580 importing whole module. */
20583 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree name, tree context,
20586 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
20587 dw_die_ref scope_die;
20589 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20594 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
20595 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
20598 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
20599 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
20601 && TYPE_P (context)
20602 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
20605 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
20608 scope_die = get_context_die (context);
20612 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child);
20613 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child->die_tag == DW_TAG_imported_module);
20614 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != NAMESPACE_DECL);
20615 scope_die = scope_die->die_child;
20618 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
20619 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl, name, context, scope_die);
20623 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
20626 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
20628 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
20630 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
20635 case FUNCTION_DECL:
20636 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
20637 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
20638 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
20639 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
20640 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
20641 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
20642 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
20643 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
20644 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
20645 with the definition of the function.
20647 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
20648 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
20649 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
20650 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
20651 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
20652 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
20653 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
20654 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
20655 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
20656 that they *are* definitions).
20658 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
20659 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
20660 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
20661 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
20662 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
20663 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
20666 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
20667 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
20668 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
20669 if (decl_function_context (decl)
20670 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
20671 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20672 context_die = NULL;
20676 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
20677 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
20678 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
20679 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
20680 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
20681 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
20682 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
20683 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
20684 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
20687 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
20688 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
20689 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
20691 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20692 variable declarations or definitions. */
20693 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20698 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20700 if (!is_fortran ())
20702 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
20703 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
20706 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
20707 case IMPORTED_DECL:
20708 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20710 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
20715 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
20716 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
20719 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
20720 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
20721 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
20723 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
20724 comparisons have. */
20726 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
20727 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
20728 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
20733 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
20734 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20737 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
20738 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
20739 if (decl_function_context (decl))
20740 context_die = NULL;
20748 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
20751 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
20754 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl)
20756 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
20758 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
20761 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
20762 a lexical block. */
20765 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20766 unsigned int blocknum)
20768 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20769 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
20772 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
20776 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
20778 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20779 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
20782 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
20783 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
20785 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
20786 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
20787 we may end up calling them anyway. */
20790 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block)
20795 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
20796 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
20797 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
20799 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block); i++)
20801 decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block, i);
20802 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
20803 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
20810 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
20813 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
20815 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p1 =
20816 (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p1_p;
20817 const char *const p2 = (const char *) p2_p;
20818 return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
20822 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
20824 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p = (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p_p;
20825 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
20828 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
20829 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
20830 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
20831 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
20832 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
20833 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
20834 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
20835 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
20836 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
20839 static struct dwarf_file_data *
20840 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
20843 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
20845 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
20846 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
20847 if (file_table_last_lookup
20848 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
20849 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
20850 return file_table_last_lookup;
20852 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
20853 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
20854 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
20856 return (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
20858 created = ggc_alloc_dwarf_file_data ();
20859 created->filename = file_name;
20860 created->emitted_number = 0;
20865 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
20866 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
20867 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
20868 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
20869 types, which may include filenames. */
20872 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
20874 if (! fd->emitted_number)
20876 if (last_emitted_file)
20877 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
20879 fd->emitted_number = 1;
20880 last_emitted_file = fd;
20882 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20884 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
20885 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
20886 remap_debug_filename (fd->filename));
20887 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20891 return fd->emitted_number;
20894 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
20895 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
20896 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
20899 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die, tree arg)
20901 die_arg_entry entry;
20906 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20907 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
20908 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry, gc, 32);
20912 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry, gc,
20913 tmpl_value_parm_die_table,
20917 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
20918 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
20919 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
20922 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
20924 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20930 VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry, tmpl_value_parm_die_table, i, e);
20932 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e->die, e->arg);
20937 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
20940 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl, tree name)
20946 die = TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl);
20950 dname = dwarf2_name (name, 0);
20954 attr = get_AT (die, DW_AT_name);
20957 struct indirect_string_node *node;
20959 node = find_AT_string (dname);
20960 /* replace the string. */
20961 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
20965 add_name_attribute (die, dname);
20968 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
20969 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
20970 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
20973 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ)
20976 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (targ);
20978 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
20982 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20983 e.poc_decl = current_function_decl;
20984 e.targ_die = force_decl_die (targ);
20985 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry, gc, dcall_table, &e);
20987 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20988 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20991 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
20994 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x)
20996 return (hashval_t) ((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid;
20999 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
21000 insnd_uid of *Y. */
21003 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
21005 return (((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid
21006 == ((const struct vcall_insn *) y)->insn_uid);
21009 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
21012 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot, int insn_uid)
21014 struct vcall_insn *item = ggc_alloc_vcall_insn ();
21015 struct vcall_insn **slot;
21018 item->insn_uid = insn_uid;
21019 item->vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
21020 slot = (struct vcall_insn **)
21021 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table, &item,
21022 (hashval_t) insn_uid, INSERT);
21026 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
21028 static unsigned int
21029 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid)
21031 struct vcall_insn item;
21032 struct vcall_insn *p;
21034 item.insn_uid = insn_uid;
21035 item.vtable_slot = 0;
21036 p = (struct vcall_insn *) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table,
21038 (hashval_t) insn_uid);
21040 return (unsigned int) -1;
21041 return p->vtable_slot;
21045 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
21046 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
21047 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
21051 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr, int insn_uid)
21053 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr) == OBJ_TYPE_REF)
21055 tree token = OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr);
21056 if (TREE_CODE (token) == INTEGER_CST)
21057 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token), insn_uid);
21061 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
21062 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
21066 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn, rtx new_insn)
21068 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn));
21070 if (vtable_slot != (unsigned int) -1)
21071 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot, INSN_UID (new_insn));
21074 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
21075 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
21076 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
21077 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
21078 lowering to RTL. */
21081 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid)
21083 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid);
21086 if (vtable_slot == (unsigned int) -1)
21089 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
21090 e.vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
21091 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry, gc, vcall_table, &e);
21093 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
21094 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
21097 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
21098 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
21099 our lookup table. */
21102 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
21104 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2];
21105 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
21107 static const char *last_label;
21108 static const char *last_postcall_label;
21109 static bool last_in_cold_section_p;
21112 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
21115 next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note);
21116 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
21117 don't do anything. */
21118 if (next_real == NULL_RTX)
21121 /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time
21122 and this note (or if it is the first note), clear
21123 last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */
21124 if (last_var_location_insn == NULL_RTX
21125 || last_var_location_insn != next_real
21126 || last_in_cold_section_p != in_cold_section_p)
21129 last_postcall_label = NULL;
21132 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
21133 newloc = add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, loc_note,
21134 NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note)
21135 ? last_postcall_label : last_label);
21136 if (newloc == NULL)
21139 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
21140 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise
21141 create a new label and emit it. */
21142 if (last_label == NULL)
21144 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
21145 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
21147 last_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
21150 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
21151 newloc->label = last_label;
21154 if (!last_postcall_label)
21156 sprintf (loclabel, "%s-1", last_label);
21157 last_postcall_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
21159 newloc->label = last_postcall_label;
21162 last_var_location_insn = next_real;
21163 last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p;
21166 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
21167 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
21168 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
21169 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
21172 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
21174 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
21175 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
21177 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
21180 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
21181 and record information relating to this source line, in
21182 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
21185 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename,
21186 int discriminator, bool is_stmt)
21188 static bool last_is_stmt = true;
21190 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
21193 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
21195 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
21197 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
21198 if (flag_debug_asm)
21199 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
21202 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
21204 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
21205 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num, line);
21206 if (is_stmt != last_is_stmt)
21208 fprintf (asm_out_file, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt ? 1 : 0);
21209 last_is_stmt = is_stmt;
21211 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0)
21212 fprintf (asm_out_file, " discriminator %d", discriminator);
21213 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
21215 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
21216 line_info_table_in_use++;
21218 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
21220 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
21221 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
21222 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
21223 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
21225 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
21226 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
21227 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
21229 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
21230 separate_line_info_table
21231 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry,
21232 separate_line_info_table,
21233 separate_line_info_table_allocated);
21234 memset (separate_line_info_table
21235 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
21237 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
21238 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
21241 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
21243 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
21244 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
21245 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
21246 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
21250 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
21252 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
21253 line_info_table_in_use);
21255 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
21256 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
21258 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
21260 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry, line_info_table,
21261 line_info_table_allocated);
21262 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
21263 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
21266 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
21267 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
21268 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
21269 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
21274 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
21277 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
21279 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
21281 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
21282 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
21284 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
21285 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename));
21288 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21290 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
21292 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21293 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
21294 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
21297 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename);
21301 /* Record the end of a source file. */
21304 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21306 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
21307 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
21308 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
21310 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21312 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21313 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
21317 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
21318 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
21319 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
21322 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
21323 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21325 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21327 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21328 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
21329 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
21330 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
21334 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
21335 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
21336 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
21339 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
21340 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21342 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21344 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21345 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
21346 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
21347 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
21351 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
21354 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21356 /* Allocate the file_table. */
21357 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
21358 file_table_eq, NULL);
21360 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
21361 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
21362 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
21364 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
21365 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
21366 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
21368 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
21369 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
21371 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
21372 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_die_ref
21373 (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
21374 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
21375 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
21376 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
21378 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
21379 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_line_info_entry
21380 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT);
21381 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
21383 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
21384 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
21386 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
21387 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
21388 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
21390 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
21391 vcall_insn_table = htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash,
21392 vcall_insn_table_eq, NULL);
21394 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
21395 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
21396 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
21397 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
21398 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
21399 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
21400 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
21402 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
21404 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
21406 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
21407 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21408 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
21409 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21410 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
21411 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21412 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
21413 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21414 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
21415 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21416 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
21417 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21418 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
21419 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21420 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
21421 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21422 debug_dcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION,
21423 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21424 debug_vcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION,
21425 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21426 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
21427 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
21428 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
21429 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21430 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
21431 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21433 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
21434 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
21435 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21436 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21437 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
21438 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21439 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
21441 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
21442 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21443 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
21444 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21445 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
21446 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21447 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
21448 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
21449 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
21450 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
21451 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
21452 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
21454 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21456 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21457 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
21458 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21459 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
21462 switch_to_section (text_section);
21463 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
21464 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
21466 cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
21467 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
21468 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
21473 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
21474 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
21477 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
21479 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
21481 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
21482 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
21484 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
21488 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
21489 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
21492 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21494 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
21496 if (node->label && node->refcount)
21498 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
21499 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
21500 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
21506 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21507 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
21510 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
21514 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
21515 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
21517 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21519 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
21520 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
21523 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
21529 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
21532 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
21533 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
21536 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
21541 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
21543 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
21545 /* A reference to another DIE.
21546 Make sure that it will get emitted.
21547 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
21548 if (dwarf_version < 4
21549 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
21550 || a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die->die_id.die_type_node == NULL)
21551 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
21553 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
21554 accounts properly for it. */
21555 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
21556 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
21561 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
21562 to DIE's children. */
21565 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
21569 if (die->die_mark == 0)
21571 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
21574 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
21575 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
21576 if (die->die_parent)
21577 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
21579 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
21580 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
21582 /* If this node is a specification,
21583 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
21584 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
21585 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
21588 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
21590 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
21591 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
21594 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
21595 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
21596 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
21597 for all type definitions. */
21598 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type
21599 || (dwarf_version >= 4
21600 && is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die)))
21601 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
21603 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
21607 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
21608 and if so, mark them. */
21611 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die)
21615 if (die->die_mark == 2)
21618 switch (die->die_tag)
21620 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
21621 case DW_TAG_union_type:
21622 case DW_TAG_class_type:
21625 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
21626 if (!get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration)
21627 || die->die_definition != NULL)
21628 prune_unused_types_mark (die, 1);
21635 /* Mark children. */
21636 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c));
21639 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
21642 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
21646 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
21647 children have been marked as well. */
21648 if (die->die_mark == 2)
21651 switch (die->die_tag)
21653 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
21654 case DW_TAG_union_type:
21655 case DW_TAG_class_type:
21656 if (die->die_perennial_p)
21659 for (c = die->die_parent; c; c = c->die_parent)
21660 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
21663 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
21664 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
21665 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
21666 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
21667 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
21669 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die);
21671 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
21674 case DW_TAG_const_type:
21675 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
21676 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
21677 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
21678 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
21679 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
21680 case DW_TAG_typedef:
21681 case DW_TAG_array_type:
21682 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
21683 case DW_TAG_friend:
21684 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
21685 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
21686 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
21687 case DW_TAG_string_type:
21688 case DW_TAG_set_type:
21689 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
21690 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
21691 case DW_TAG_file_type:
21692 if (die->die_perennial_p)
21695 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
21699 /* Mark everything else. */
21703 if (die->die_mark == 0)
21707 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
21708 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
21713 /* Mark children. */
21714 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
21717 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
21721 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
21726 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
21727 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
21729 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
21731 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
21732 twice in the hash table. */
21734 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
21737 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
21738 htab_hash_string (s->str),
21740 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
21746 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
21749 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
21753 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
21754 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
21756 if (! die->die_child)
21759 c = die->die_child;
21761 dw_die_ref prev = c;
21762 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
21763 if (c == die->die_child)
21765 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
21767 /* No marked children at all. */
21768 die->die_child = NULL;
21771 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
21772 die->die_child = prev;
21777 if (c != prev->die_sib)
21779 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
21780 } while (c != die->die_child);
21783 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
21784 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
21785 decided to emit. */
21788 prune_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21790 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
21792 if (!node->label || !node->refcount)
21793 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash, h);
21798 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
21801 prune_unused_types (void)
21804 limbo_die_node *node;
21805 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21807 dcall_entry *dcall;
21809 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21810 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
21811 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die);
21812 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21813 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
21814 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21815 verify_marks_clear (ctnode->root_die);
21816 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21818 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
21819 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
21821 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
21822 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
21823 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21824 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
21825 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21827 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode->root_die);
21828 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode->type_die, 1);
21831 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
21832 pubname_table or arange_table. */
21833 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub); i++)
21834 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
21835 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
21836 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
21838 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
21839 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, dcall); i++)
21840 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall->targ_die, 1);
21842 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
21843 if (debug_str_hash && debug_str_hash_forced)
21844 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, prune_indirect_string, NULL);
21845 else if (debug_str_hash)
21846 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
21847 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
21848 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21849 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
21850 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21851 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode->root_die);
21853 /* Leave the marks clear. */
21854 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
21855 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21856 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
21857 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21858 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode->root_die);
21861 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
21864 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
21866 bool *p = (bool *) param;
21867 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
21868 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
21876 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
21879 htab_ct_hash (const void *of)
21882 const comdat_type_node *const type_node = (const comdat_type_node *) of;
21884 memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h));
21889 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
21891 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_1 = (const comdat_type_node *) of1;
21892 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_2 = (const comdat_type_node *) of2;
21894 return (! memcmp (type_node_1->signature, type_node_2->signature,
21895 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE));
21898 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
21899 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
21900 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
21901 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
21902 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
21903 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
21906 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die)
21908 unsigned ix = VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21909 dw_attr_node linkage = *VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21911 gcc_assert (linkage.dw_attr == AT_linkage_name);
21915 dw_attr_node *prev = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21917 if (prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_line || prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_name)
21921 if (ix != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr) - 1)
21923 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21924 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, &linkage);
21928 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
21929 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
21930 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
21933 resolve_one_addr (rtx *addr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21937 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
21939 size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1;
21940 tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0));
21941 tree tlen = build_int_cst (NULL_TREE, len - 1);
21943 = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen));
21944 rtl = lookup_constant_def (t);
21945 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
21947 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
21948 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
21953 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
21954 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)
21955 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)))
21958 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST
21959 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), resolve_one_addr, NULL))
21965 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
21966 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
21967 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
21970 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
21972 for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
21973 if ((loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
21974 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
21975 || (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_implicit_value
21976 && loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr
21977 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL)))
21982 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
21983 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
21984 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
21985 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
21986 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
21987 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
21990 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die)
21994 dw_loc_list_ref *curr;
21997 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
21998 switch (AT_class (a))
22000 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
22001 curr = AT_loc_list_ptr (a);
22004 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr)->expr))
22006 dw_loc_list_ref next = (*curr)->dw_loc_next;
22007 if (next && (*curr)->ll_symbol)
22009 gcc_assert (!next->ll_symbol);
22010 next->ll_symbol = (*curr)->ll_symbol;
22015 curr = &(*curr)->dw_loc_next;
22017 if (!AT_loc_list (a))
22019 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
22023 case dw_val_class_loc:
22024 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a)))
22026 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
22030 case dw_val_class_addr:
22031 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value
22032 && resolve_one_addr (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr, NULL))
22034 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
22042 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, resolve_addr (c));
22045 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
22046 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
22049 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
22051 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
22052 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
22053 htab_t comdat_type_table;
22054 dw_die_ref die = 0;
22057 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
22059 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
22060 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
22061 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, remap_debug_filename (filename));
22062 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
22063 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
22064 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
22067 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
22069 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
22072 for (i = 0; i < VEC_length (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list); i++)
22074 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
22075 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->die,
22076 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->variable,
22080 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
22081 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
22082 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
22083 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
22085 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
22087 next_node = node->next;
22090 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
22092 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
22095 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
22096 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
22098 else if (seen_error ())
22099 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
22100 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
22103 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
22104 nested function can be optimized away, which results
22105 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
22106 with the return type of that nested function. Force
22107 this to be a child of the containing function.
22109 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
22110 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
22111 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
22112 the function is likely unreachable too. */
22113 tree context = NULL_TREE;
22115 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
22117 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
22118 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
22119 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
22120 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
22122 gcc_assert (context
22123 && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
22124 || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
22126 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
22128 add_child_die (origin, die);
22130 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
22135 limbo_die_list = NULL;
22137 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die);
22139 for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next)
22141 tree decl = node->created_for;
22142 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
22144 add_AT_string (node->die, AT_linkage_name,
22145 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
22146 move_linkage_attr (node->die);
22150 deferred_asm_name = NULL;
22152 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
22153 emit full debugging info for them. */
22154 retry_incomplete_types ();
22156 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
22157 prune_unused_types ();
22159 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
22160 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
22161 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
22162 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
22164 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
22165 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
22167 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die);
22169 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
22170 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
22172 limbo_die_list = NULL;
22174 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
22175 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
22176 references to the main compile unit). */
22177 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
22178 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode->root_die);
22179 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die);
22181 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
22182 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
22183 referenced. Prune them. */
22184 prune_unused_types ();
22187 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
22188 that have children. */
22189 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
22190 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
22191 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
22192 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
22193 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode->root_die);
22195 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
22196 switch_to_section (text_section);
22197 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
22198 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
22200 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
22201 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
22204 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
22206 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
22207 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
22209 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
22210 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
22215 unsigned fde_idx = 0;
22216 bool range_list_added = false;
22218 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
22219 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
22220 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
22221 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
22222 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
22223 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
22224 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
22226 if (text_section_used)
22227 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, text_section_label,
22228 text_end_label, &range_list_added);
22229 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && cold_text_section_used)
22230 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, cold_text_section_label,
22231 cold_end_label, &range_list_added);
22233 for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
22235 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
22237 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
22239 if (!fde->in_std_section)
22240 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
22241 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
22242 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
22243 &range_list_added);
22244 if (!fde->cold_in_std_section)
22245 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
22246 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
22247 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
22248 &range_list_added);
22250 else if (!fde->in_std_section)
22251 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, fde->dw_fde_begin,
22252 fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added);
22255 if (range_list_added)
22259 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
22260 if (have_location_lists)
22262 /* Output the location lists info. */
22263 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
22264 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
22265 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
22266 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
22267 output_location_lists (die);
22270 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
22271 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
22272 debug_line_section_label);
22274 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
22275 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
22277 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
22278 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
22279 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
22280 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
22282 comdat_type_table = htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash, htab_ct_eq, NULL);
22283 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
22285 void **slot = htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table, ctnode, INSERT);
22287 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
22288 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
22291 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
22292 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
22294 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
22295 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode->root_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
22296 debug_line_section_label);
22298 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode);
22301 htab_delete (comdat_type_table);
22303 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
22304 has been emitted. */
22305 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE);
22307 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
22308 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
22309 output_abbrev_section ();
22311 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
22312 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
22314 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
22315 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
22318 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
22319 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
22320 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
22321 simply won't look for the section. */
22322 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
22324 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
22325 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
22328 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
22329 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry, dcall_table))
22331 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section);
22332 output_dcall_table ();
22334 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry, vcall_table))
22336 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section);
22337 output_vcall_table ();
22340 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
22341 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
22342 if (fde_table_in_use)
22344 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
22348 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
22349 if (ranges_table_in_use)
22351 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
22352 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
22356 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
22357 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
22358 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
22359 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
22360 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
22361 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
22362 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
22364 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
22365 output_line_info ();
22368 /* Have to end the macro section. */
22369 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
22371 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
22372 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
22375 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
22377 if (debug_str_hash)
22378 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
22382 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
22383 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
22387 0, /* assembly_start */
22390 0, /* start_source_file */
22391 0, /* end_source_file */
22392 0, /* begin_block */
22394 0, /* ignore_block */
22395 0, /* source_line */
22396 0, /* begin_prologue */
22397 0, /* end_prologue */
22398 0, /* begin_epilogue */
22399 0, /* end_epilogue */
22400 0, /* begin_function */
22401 0, /* end_function */
22402 0, /* function_decl */
22403 0, /* global_decl */
22405 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */
22406 0, /* deferred_inline_function */
22407 0, /* outlining_inline_function */
22409 0, /* handle_pch */
22410 0, /* var_location */
22411 0, /* switch_text_section */
22412 0, /* direct_call */
22413 0, /* virtual_call_token */
22414 0, /* copy_call_info */
22415 0, /* virtual_call */
22417 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */
22420 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
22422 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"